[go: up one dir, main page]

CN1340685A - refrigerator - Google Patents

refrigerator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1340685A
CN1340685A CN01125594A CN01125594A CN1340685A CN 1340685 A CN1340685 A CN 1340685A CN 01125594 A CN01125594 A CN 01125594A CN 01125594 A CN01125594 A CN 01125594A CN 1340685 A CN1340685 A CN 1340685A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
refrigerator
voice
compartment
cold air
display
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN01125594A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN100473926C (en
Inventor
近藤秀雄
鸭下教夫
海老原彻
大木博子
漆间真一
熊仓秀雄
白澙辉一
荒川贤一
荒川展昭
吉田英树
若田部武
高桥俊广
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Hitachi Global Life Solutions Inc
Original Assignee
Hitachi Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2000264489A external-priority patent/JP2002071256A/en
Priority claimed from JP2000261210A external-priority patent/JP3512377B2/en
Application filed by Hitachi Ltd filed Critical Hitachi Ltd
Publication of CN1340685A publication Critical patent/CN1340685A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN100473926C publication Critical patent/CN100473926C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D29/00Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
    • F25D29/003Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices for movable devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2317/00Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2317/06Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass with forced air circulation
    • F25D2317/067Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass with forced air circulation characterised by air ducts
    • F25D2317/0672Outlet ducts
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2400/00General features of, or devices for refrigerators, cold rooms, ice-boxes, or for cooling or freezing apparatus not covered by any other subclass
    • F25D2400/36Visual displays

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Cold Air Circulating Systems And Constructional Details In Refrigerators (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供一种使用方便的冰箱,该冰箱,使用者可以设定供给到冷藏室内的冷气的供给方向,可以具体地确认冷气的供给方向、供给状态、冰箱的动作状态、门的开闭状态等。具有设在开闭门10上的操作显示部120、设定冷藏室100内的第三冷气通路609上的冷气风向变更装置700和循环风扇608,由设定开闭门10上的操作显示部120的操作进行冷气风向变更装置700的动作控制的同时、显示冷气风向变更装置700的动作状态。

The present invention provides an easy-to-use refrigerator, in which the user can set the supply direction of the cold air supplied to the refrigerating chamber, and can specifically confirm the supply direction of the cold air, the supply state, the operating state of the refrigerator, and the opening and closing state of the door. wait. It has the operation display part 120 on the opening and closing door 10, the cold air flow direction changing device 700 and the circulation fan 608 on the third cold air passage 609 in the refrigerator compartment 100, and the operation display part on the opening and closing door 10 is set to The operation of 120 controls the operation of the cooling air flow direction changing device 700 and displays the operating state of the cooling air flow direction changing device 700 .

Description

冰箱refrigerator

所属技术领域Technical field

本发明涉及一种具有在本体上部具有开闭门的冷藏室的冰箱,特别涉及一种容易确认冰箱的运转动作状况的、操作性良好且具有语音装置的冰箱。The present invention relates to a refrigerator having a refrigerating compartment with an opening and closing door on the upper part of the main body, and in particular to a refrigerator having a voice device which is easy to check the operation status of the refrigerator and has good operability.

现有技术current technology

称为现在的主力冰箱的冰箱,在其最上部配置冷藏室,在其最下部配置冷冻室,在冷冻室和冷藏室之间配置蔬菜室,并在蔬菜室和冷冻室的后方配置压缩机、热交换器、风扇及冷气量分配器。该现有的冰箱通过风扇和冷气通路将在热交换器中生成的冷气供给到各室。特别是,对于向冷藏室供给冷气,一般是将形成在冷藏室后方的冷气通路夹着中央的照明装置分支到两侧,从该分支的冷气通路将冷气供给到冷藏室。另外,还有如下的冰箱,该冰箱在分支的通风路之间形成着上下延伸的管道,在该管道中设置循环风扇,将通过该循环风扇吸入的冷藏室的冷气通过管道吹出而使冷气在冷藏室内循环。这样的冰箱例如记载于特开平9-42820号公报(现有例1)等中。The refrigerator, which is called the current main refrigerator, has a refrigerator compartment at the top, a freezer compartment at the bottom, a vegetable compartment between the freezer compartment and the refrigerator compartment, and a compressor behind the vegetable compartment and the freezer compartment. Heat exchangers, fans and cold air distributors. In this conventional refrigerator, cool air generated in a heat exchanger is supplied to each chamber through a fan and a cool air passage. In particular, for supplying cool air to the refrigerator compartment, the cool air passage formed behind the refrigerator compartment is generally branched to both sides with the lighting device in the center, and cool air is supplied to the refrigerator compartment from the branched cool air passage. In addition, there is also a refrigerator in which a duct extending up and down is formed between the branched ventilation passages, a circulation fan is installed in the duct, and the cold air in the refrigerating room sucked by the circulation fan is blown out through the duct to make the cold air circulate in the air. Circulation in the refrigerator. Such a refrigerator is described, for example, in JP-A-9-42820 (Conventional Example 1) and the like.

另外,在过去有在开闭门的表面上设置操作显示部,在该操作显示部上具有显示各种开关和储藏室的切换状态等的灯的冰箱。这样的冰箱例如记载在特开平11-118312号公报(现有例2)和特开2000-88445号公报(现有例3)、特开2000-74548号公报(现有例4)等中。In addition, conventionally, there is a refrigerator in which an operation display unit is provided on the surface of an opening and closing door, and the operation display unit has lamps for displaying various switches and switching states of storage compartments, and the like. Such refrigerators are described, for example, in JP-A-11-118312 (conventional example 2), JP-A 2000-88445 (conventional example 3), JP-A 2000-74548 (conventional example 4), and the like.

特别是在现有例4中,公开了在冷藏室门上设有操作面板,在该操作面板的中央配置液晶显示装置,在该液晶显示装置的周围设有多个操作开关,该多个操作开关用于设定冷冻室、切换室、冷藏室内的室内温度,该液晶显示装置和设定开关与控制装置相连接,由控制装置控制压缩机、风扇、减震马达(ダンパモ-タ)等控制,以使各室成为由操作开关设定的室内温度,将其运转状态分别显示在液晶显示装置的多个区域,仅以必要的时间使其液晶显示装置的照明点亮。In particular, in Conventional Example 4, it is disclosed that an operation panel is provided on the door of the refrigerator compartment, a liquid crystal display device is arranged in the center of the operation panel, and a plurality of operation switches are provided around the liquid crystal display device. The switch is used to set the indoor temperature of the freezer, switching room, and refrigerating room. The liquid crystal display device and the setting switch are connected to the control device, and the control device controls the compressor, the fan, the shock absorber motor (Dampamo-ta), etc. In order to make each room become the indoor temperature set by the operation switch, its operating status is displayed on multiple areas of the liquid crystal display device, and the lighting of the liquid crystal display device is only turned on for the necessary time.

另外,在忘了关闭门时自动地以语音发出警告的冰箱已为人所知,这样的冰箱例如记载的特开昭60-42577号公报(现有例5)等中。In addition, refrigerators that automatically issue a voice warning when the door is forgotten to be closed are known, and such refrigerators are described in, for example, JP-A-60-42577 (Conventional Example 5).

该现有例5的冰箱,当打开冷冻室门或冷藏室门时,门检测装置接通,从OR电路输出,根据此,从1脉冲发生器输出1脉冲,由此,由语音储存装置输出对应的言语(例如“请注意,装填的太多了”)并由扬声器发出语音。另外,当冷冻室门或冷藏室门打开的状态继续时,借助脉冲发生器和延迟电路,语音储存装置以来自一定时间(约30秒)经过后的AND电路的输出进行动作,输出与上述发音不同的内容的言语(例如“门打开着,请关闭”),由扬声器反复发音。而且,当两门关闭时,门检测装置断开,来自OR电路的输出消失,1脉冲发生器、延迟电路、脉冲发生电路的输入都为0,被复位。In the refrigerator of this conventional example 5, when the freezer door or the refrigerator door is opened, the door detection device is turned on, and the output is output from the OR circuit. According to this, one pulse is output from the one pulse generator, and thus the voice storage device outputs Corresponding speech (for example " please note, filling is too much ") and send out voice by loudspeaker. In addition, when the state of the freezer door or the refrigerator door being opened continues, the voice storage device operates with the output from the AND circuit after a certain period of time (about 30 seconds) has elapsed by means of the pulse generator and the delay circuit, and the output is consistent with the above-mentioned pronunciation. Speeches of different content (eg "the door is open, please close") are repeated by the speaker. Moreover, when the two doors are closed, the door detection device is disconnected, the output from the OR circuit disappears, and the inputs of the 1 pulse generator, the delay circuit, and the pulse generation circuit are all 0, and are reset.

另外,通过将设定收纳在冰箱背面中地被设置的控制基板的销短路,可以设定示教功能的冰箱已为人所知(现有例6)。作为短路该销方法,有准备专用的连接器插入被设定的销的方法。Also, there is known a refrigerator in which a teaching function can be set by short-circuiting pins for setting a control board provided on the back of the refrigerator (conventional example 6). As the pin method short-circuiting, there is a method to insert a set pin by preparing an exclusive connector.

在上述现有例1中,有当增加供给冷藏室的冷气量时,收纳在该冷藏室的食品被冻结的问题,必须控制供给量地供给微风的冷气。因此,不能在短时间内使收纳在冷藏室中的食品冷却。另外,为了均匀地冷却冷藏室内,在冷藏室中设有循环风扇,但由于在特定位置固定着设在管道上的吹出口,因此,例如在放入使冷藏室内产生温度不匀的高温食品时,不能迅速地消除该温度不均匀。In the above-mentioned conventional example 1, when the amount of cool air supplied to the refrigerator compartment is increased, there is a problem that food stored in the refrigerator compartment freezes, and it is necessary to supply cool air with a controlled supply amount. Therefore, food stored in the refrigerator cannot be cooled in a short time. In addition, in order to cool the refrigerator evenly, a circulating fan is installed in the refrigerator, but since the air outlet on the duct is fixed at a specific position, for example, when placing high-temperature food that causes uneven temperature in the refrigerator, , the temperature unevenness cannot be quickly eliminated.

另外,在最近的冰箱中,在增加了操作开关的数量的同时,由多个运转功能、定时功能、示教功能、警报功能、按钮锁定功能等构成的产品功能变复杂,因此,提高冰箱的使用方便性变重要。In addition, in recent refrigerators, while increasing the number of operation switches, product functions consisting of multiple operating functions, timing functions, teaching functions, alarm functions, button lock functions, etc. have become complicated. Ease of use becomes important.

但是,在上述现有例2中,由操作显示部进行冰箱的运转状态的设定和显示,但是,显示的内容简略,不能显示运转状态例如冷藏室的冷气供给状态等。另外,在现有例3中,记载着操作显示部的具体的内部构造,但是由于没有对显示内容进行记载,没有考虑运转状态的显示。However, in the above-mentioned conventional example 2, the operating state of the refrigerator is set and displayed by the operation display unit, but the content of the display is simple, and the operating state such as the cooling air supply state of the refrigerator cannot be displayed. In addition, in Conventional Example 3, the specific internal structure of the operation display unit is described, but since the content of the display is not described, the display of the operating state is not considered.

在上述现有例4中,虽然用必要的时间将运转状态显示在液晶显示装置的多个区域,而提高使用方便性,但是,仅停留在运转状态的目视性的提高上,因此,仅由液晶显示装置的显示提高使用方便性是有限的。In the above-mentioned prior art example 4, although the operating state is displayed in a plurality of regions of the liquid crystal display device with the necessary time, and the usability is improved, but only the improvement of the visibility of the operating state is stopped, so only There is a limit to the improvement of usability by the display of the liquid crystal display device.

另外,在上述现有例5中,仅是在忘了关闭门时自动地用语音产生警告,对于用多个操作开关设定多种运转功能不产生语音,没有提高关于冰箱的多种产品功能的使用方便性。In addition, in the above-mentioned prior art example 5, a warning is automatically generated by voice only when the door is forgotten to be closed, and no voice is generated for setting a variety of operating functions with a plurality of operation switches, and the various product functions related to the refrigerator have not been improved. Ease of use.

在现有例6中,为了设定或解除示教功能,需要准备专用的连接器来短路收纳在冷藏室背面上的控制基板的销和解除其短路,其作业非常麻烦。In Conventional Example 6, in order to set or cancel the teaching function, it is necessary to prepare a dedicated connector to short-circuit and release the pins of the control board housed on the back of the refrigerator compartment, which is very troublesome.

另外,在市场上销售的一部分冰箱中,搭载了积极地自动地改变冷气的供给方向来迅速地消除冰箱室内的温度不匀的技术,但是,没有涉及更前进一步通过使用者操作操作部设定冷气的供给方向,而且从冰箱外监视或观察其状态的技术。In addition, some refrigerators sold on the market are equipped with a technology that positively and automatically changes the supply direction of cold air to quickly eliminate temperature unevenness in the refrigerator room, but there is no such thing as setting the temperature through the user's operation operation part. The supply direction of cold air, and the technology to monitor or observe its status from outside the refrigerator.

发明目的purpose of invention

因此,本发明的目的是提供一种冰箱,该冰箱,使用者可以任意地设定供给到冷藏室内的冷气的供给方向,并且也可以从外面监视或观察冷气的供给方向和供给状态。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a refrigerator in which the user can arbitrarily set the supply direction of the cold air to be supplied into the refrigerator compartment, and can also monitor or observe the supply direction and supply state of the cold air from the outside.

另外,本发明的另一目的是提供一种使用方便性良好的冰箱,该冰箱提高了冰箱的操作性,并且可具体地确认上述冰箱的动作状态和门的开闭状态等。In addition, another object of the present invention is to provide a refrigerator with improved usability, in which the operability of the refrigerator is improved, and the operating state of the refrigerator, the opening and closing state of the door, and the like can be confirmed in detail.

技术方案Technical solutions

本发明的代表性的一个特征是,设有冷气风向变更装置,该冷气风向变更装置可以有选择地调整向冰箱的冷藏室供给(吹出)冷气的方向。用设置在冰箱的开闭门外侧的操作部选择性地设定该冷气风向变更装置的冷气供给方向,同时用设置在冰箱的开闭门外侧的显示部显示这时的设定状态。A representative feature of the present invention is that a cold air flow direction changing device is provided for selectively adjusting the direction in which cold air is supplied (blown) to the refrigerating compartment of the refrigerator. Selectively set the cold air supply direction of the cold air flow direction changing device with the operating part arranged outside the opening and closing door of the refrigerator, and display the setting state at this time with the display part arranged outside the opening and closing door of the refrigerator.

另外,本发明的代表性的一个特征是,包括多个操作开关、语音装置、控制装置,该多个操作开关配置在冰箱门的前面部,并且用于设定多个运转功能,该语音装置具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器,该控制装置根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转及上述语音装置,上述控制装置具有语音控制装置,该语音控制装置进行由上述扬声器以语音报告关于用上述操作开关设定的各运转功能的内容。In addition, a typical feature of the present invention is that it includes a plurality of operation switches, a voice device, and a control device. There is a speaker for reporting a plurality of operation functions by voice, the control device controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the voice device according to the setting of the operation switch, the control device has a voice control device, and the voice control device performs voice reporting by the speaker Concerning the content of each operation function set with the above operation switch.

附图的简单说明A brief description of the drawings

图1是本发明的实施例的冰箱的外观立体图。Fig. 1 is an external perspective view of a refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图2是本发明的实施例的冰箱的纵断面图。Fig. 2 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图3是本发明的实施例的冰箱的卸掉了门的状态的冷藏室的正视图。Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention with a door removed.

图4是本发明的实施例的冰箱的外观图。Fig. 4 is an external view of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图5是本发明的实施例的冰箱的卸掉了开闭门和抽屉门的状态的正视图。Fig. 5 is a front view of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention in a state where the open-close door and the drawer door are removed.

图6是本发明的实施例的冰箱的冷藏室背面壁的零件展开图。Fig. 6 is a developed view of parts of the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图7是本发明的实施例的冰箱的冷气风向变更装置的零件外观图。Fig. 7 is an external view of parts of the cold air flow direction changing device of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图8是本发明的实施例的冰箱的冷气风向变更装置的动作控制框图。Fig. 8 is a block diagram of operation control of the cold air flow direction changing device of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图9是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的操作显示部的构成图。Fig. 9 is a configuration diagram showing an operation display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图10是本发明的实施例的冰箱的操作显示部的仰视图。Fig. 10 is a bottom view of the operation display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图11是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的操作显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on an operation display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图12是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第一显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 12 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a first display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图13是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第一显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a first display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图14是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第一显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 14 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a first display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图15是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第一显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 15 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a first display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图16是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图17是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 17 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图18是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图19是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 19 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图20是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第二显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a second display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图21是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的自动制冰装置的构成的图。Fig. 21 is a diagram showing the configuration of an automatic ice making device of a refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图22是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图23是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 23 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图24是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 24 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图25是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 25 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图26是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的第三显示部中的显示状态的一例的图。Fig. 26 is a diagram showing an example of a display state on a third display unit of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图27是表示本发明的实施例的冰箱的开关门的构造的零件展开图。Fig. 27 is a component development view showing the structure of the door opening and closing of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention.

图28是本发明的第二实施例的冰箱的外观立体图。Fig. 28 is an external perspective view of a refrigerator according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

图29是本发明的第二实施例的冰箱的卸掉了门状态的正视图。Fig. 29 is a front view of the refrigerator according to the second embodiment of the present invention with the door removed.

图30是表示本发明的第二实施例的冰箱的操作显示部的外观构成的图。Fig. 30 is a diagram showing an appearance configuration of an operation display unit of a refrigerator according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

图31是表示本发明的第三实施例的冰箱的开关门的正视图。Fig. 31 is a front view showing an opening and closing door of a refrigerator according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

图32是本发明的第三实施例的冰箱的开关门的零件展开图。Fig. 32 is an exploded view of parts of the opening and closing door of the refrigerator according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

图33是本发明的第四实施例的冰箱的正视图。Fig. 33 is a front view of a refrigerator according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.

图34是概略地表示图33的冰箱的构造的纵断面图。Fig. 34 is a longitudinal sectional view schematically showing the structure of the refrigerator of Fig. 33 .

图35是图33的冰箱的压缩机的驱动装置的电路图。Fig. 35 is a circuit diagram of a driving device for a compressor of the refrigerator in Fig. 33 .

图36是表示图33的冰箱的相对压缩机的转速的直流电压和流通率的特性图。Fig. 36 is a characteristic diagram showing DC voltage and flow rate with respect to the rotational speed of the compressor in the refrigerator of Fig. 33 .

图37是图33的冰箱的控制电路的构成方框图。Fig. 37 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a control circuit of the refrigerator in Fig. 33 .

图38是图33的冰箱的控制基板部的正视图。Fig. 38 is a front view of a control board portion of the refrigerator of Fig. 33 .

图39是图33的冰箱的操作面板的正视图。Fig. 39 is a front view of an operation panel of the refrigerator of Fig. 33 .

图40是设在图39的操作面板上的显示部的放大图。Fig. 40 is an enlarged view of a display unit provided on the operation panel of Fig. 39 .

图41是图33的冰箱的操作部微型电子计算机的动作流程图。Fig. 41 is a flow chart showing the operation of the operating unit microcomputer of the refrigerator shown in Fig. 33 .

图42是图33的冰箱的操作部微型电子计算机的动作流程图(接续)。Fig. 42 is a flow chart (continued) of the operation of the operating unit microcomputer of the refrigerator shown in Fig. 33 .

图43是图33的冰箱的操作部微型电子计算机的动作流程图(接续)。Fig. 43 is a flow chart (continued) of the operation of the operating unit microcomputer of the refrigerator shown in Fig. 33 .

图44是图33的冰箱的操作部微型电子计算机的动作流程图(接续)。Fig. 44 is a flow chart (continued) of the operation of the operating unit microcomputer of the refrigerator shown in Fig. 33 .

实施例Example

以下参照图1~图44说明本发明的冰箱的实施例。同一部位或箭头等用同一符号表示,省略其重复说明。Hereinafter, an embodiment of the refrigerator of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44 . The same parts or arrows are represented by the same symbols, and their repeated descriptions are omitted.

(第1实施例)(first embodiment)

参照图1~图27说明本发明的冰箱的一实施例。An embodiment of the refrigerator of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 27 .

首先,参照图1~图3说明本发明的冰箱的构成。图1是表示冰箱的外观的图,图1(a)是立体图,图1(b)是打开了门的状态的立体图。图2是冰箱的纵断面图。图3是卸掉了门的状态的冰箱的正视图。First, the configuration of the refrigerator according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3 . FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the appearance of a refrigerator, FIG. 1( a ) is a perspective view, and FIG. 1( b ) is a perspective view of a state where a door is opened. Fig. 2 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator. Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator with the door removed.

在图1中,用符号1总括地表示的是冰箱,该冰箱由配置在冰箱的最上部具有开闭门10的冷藏室100,配置在冷藏室100的下方并具有拉出门20的蔬菜室200、并列地配置在蔬菜室200的下方的具有拉出门30的切换室300、具有拉出门40的制冰室400、配置在冰箱1的最下部并具有拉出门50的冷冻室500构成。开闭门10,其一端侧由设置在冷藏室100的一侧的上下的铰链部960安装在冷藏室100的前面上。In FIG. 1 , a refrigerator is collectively indicated by reference numeral 1. The refrigerator is composed of a refrigerator compartment 100 having an opening and closing door 10 arranged at the top of the refrigerator, and a vegetable compartment 200 having a pull-out door 20 disposed below the refrigerator compartment 100. , switch compartment 300 with pull-out door 30 , ice-making compartment 400 with draw-out door 40 , and freezer compartment 500 with pull-out door 50 arranged in the lowermost part of refrigerator 1 arranged in parallel below vegetable compartment 200 . One end side of the door 10 is attached to the front of the refrigerator compartment 100 by a vertical hinge part 960 provided on one side of the refrigerator compartment 100 .

另外,开闭门10在其前面上设有配置着操作显示部120的手柄部11,该操作显示部120由操作部121和显示部122构成,该操作部121用于进行冰箱1的运转状态的设定等的操作,该显示部122显示冰箱1的运转状态等。另外,在开闭门10的内壁面上设有可装卸的多个收容槽103。In addition, the opening and closing door 10 is provided with the handle part 11 on its front surface, and the operation display part 120 is configured by the operation part 121 and the display part 122. The operation part 121 is used to check the operating state of the refrigerator 1. The display unit 122 displays the operation status of the refrigerator 1 and the like. In addition, a plurality of detachable receiving grooves 103 are provided on the inner wall surface of the opening and closing door 10 .

在图2中用2表示的是冰箱的框体,框体2由在钢板制的外箱和树脂制的内箱之间发泡充填隔热材料而形成。另外,开闭门10和拉出门20、30、40、50也具有与框体2相同的构造。In Fig. 2, what is indicated by 2 is a frame body of the refrigerator, and the frame body 2 is formed by foaming and filling a heat insulating material between an outer box made of steel plate and an inner box made of resin. In addition, the opening and closing door 10 and the drawer doors 20 , 30 , 40 , and 50 also have the same structure as the housing 2 .

在冷冻室500的后方设有机械室602、第一冷却室660、第二冷却室670、第一冷气通路606、第二冷气通路607,循环风扇608、第三冷气通路609。该机械室602设在与该冷冻室500的内壁面相对的位置,在其内部具有压缩机601。该第一冷却室660在机械室602的上方从冷冻室500的后方到切换室300及制冰室400的后方设在与该冷冻室500和切换室300和制冰室400的内壁面相对的位置。该第二冷却室670设在蔬菜室200的后方的与该蔬菜室200的内壁面相对的位置。该第一冷气通路606将从第一冷却室660供给的冷气供给到冷冻室500和切换室300及制冰室400。该第二冷气通路607,设在第二冷却室670的上方,将从第二冷却室670供给的冷气供给到冷藏室100。循环风扇608在该冷藏室100内使供给到冷藏室100的冷气循环。第三冷气通路609将由该循环风扇608循环的冷气供给到冷藏室100内。Behind the freezer compartment 500 are provided a machine room 602 , a first cooling room 660 , a second cooling room 670 , a first cold air passage 606 , a second cold air passage 607 , a circulating fan 608 and a third cold air passage 609 . The machine compartment 602 is provided at a position facing the inner wall surface of the freezer compartment 500, and has a compressor 601 therein. The first cooling chamber 660 is located above the mechanical chamber 602 from the rear of the freezing chamber 500 to the rear of the switching chamber 300 and the ice-making chamber 400 and is opposite to the inner walls of the freezing chamber 500, the switching chamber 300 and the ice-making chamber 400. Location. The second cooling chamber 670 is provided at the rear of the vegetable compartment 200 at a position facing the inner wall surface of the vegetable compartment 200 . The first cold air passage 606 supplies the cold air supplied from the first cooling room 660 to the freezing room 500 , the switching room 300 , and the ice making room 400 . The second cold air passage 607 is provided above the second cooling chamber 670 , and supplies the cold air supplied from the second cooling chamber 670 to the refrigerator compartment 100 . Circulation fan 608 circulates cool air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 in refrigerator compartment 100 . The third cold air passage 609 supplies the cold air circulated by the circulation fan 608 into the refrigerator compartment 100 .

第一冷气通路606分支地形成为分支通路606a、分支通路606b、分支通路606c(参照图5)。该分支通路606a,将冷气导引到冷冻室500,并具有将冷气供给到冷冻室500的吹出口619、620。上述分支通路606b用于将冷气导引到制冰室400。上述分支通路606c用于将冷气导引到切换室300。在分支通路606c上设有用于调节供给到切换室300的冷气量的冷气量分配器612(参照图5),该冷气量分配器612配置在切换室300的后方。The first cold air passage 606 is branched into a branch passage 606a, a branch passage 606b, and a branch passage 606c (see FIG. 5 ). The branch passage 606 a guides the cool air to the freezer compartment 500 and has outlets 619 and 620 for supplying the cool air to the freezer compartment 500 . The aforementioned branch passage 606 b is used to guide cold air to the ice making compartment 400 . The aforementioned branch passage 606c is used to guide cool air to the switch chamber 300 . A cool air volume distributor 612 (see FIG. 5 ) for adjusting the volume of cool air supplied to the switch chamber 300 is provided on the branch passage 606 c, and the cool air volume distributor 612 is disposed behind the switch chamber 300 .

如图3所示,第二冷气通路607由分支形成在冷藏室100的背面壁的后方两侧的分支通路607a、607b形成。在冷藏室100的背面壁上形成多个吹出口611,该吹出口611用于将被分支通路607a、607b导引的冷气吹出到冷藏室100中。在本实施例中,多个吹出口611由形成在冷藏室100的背面壁上的4个吹出口611a、611b、611c、611d构成。As shown in FIG. 3 , the second cold air passage 607 is formed by branch passages 607 a and 607 b branched on both rear sides of the back wall of the refrigerator compartment 100 . A plurality of air outlets 611 are formed on the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment 100 for blowing out cold air guided by the branch passages 607 a and 607 b into the refrigerator compartment 100 . In the present embodiment, the plurality of outlets 611 are composed of four outlets 611a, 611b, 611c, and 611d formed on the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment 100 .

另外,第三冷气通路609设有冷气风向变更装置700(参照图2),该冷气风向变更装置700与循环风扇608一起配置在形成在分支通路607a、607b之间的空间中。该冷气风向变更装置700将从循环风扇608导引的冷气通过多个吹出口610供给到冷藏室100内,通过操作显示部120来改变供给到冷藏室100内的冷气风向。关于该冷气风向变更装置700的构造在以后叙述。另外,在本实施例中,多个吹出口610由4个吹出口610a、610b、610c、610d构成。In addition, the third cold air passage 609 is provided with a cold air flow direction changing device 700 (see FIG. 2 ) which is disposed in a space formed between the branch passages 607a and 607b together with the circulation fan 608 . The cold air direction changing device 700 supplies the cold air guided by the circulation fan 608 into the refrigerator compartment 100 through a plurality of outlets 610 , and changes the air direction of the cool air supplied into the refrigerator compartment 100 by operating the display unit 120 . The structure of this cooling airflow direction changing device 700 will be described later. In addition, in the present embodiment, the plurality of outlets 610 are composed of four outlets 610a, 610b, 610c, and 610d.

返回到图2,第一冷却室660在其最下部设有排水盘614,在排水盘614的上部具有:生成供给向切换室300及制冰室400、冷冻室500的冷气的第一热交换器661;将在第一热交换器661中形成的冷气送到切换室300及制冰室400、冷冻室500的第一送风风扇662。第一热交换器661和第一送风风扇662纵向叠置。另外,第一冷却室660具有将供给到切换室300及制冰室400、冷冻室500的冷气返回到第一冷却室660的冷气返回口690。Returning to FIG. 2 , the first cooling chamber 660 is provided with a drain pan 614 at its lowermost portion, and above the drain pan 614 is provided with a first heat exchange system for generating cold air supplied to the switching chamber 300 , the ice making chamber 400 , and the freezing chamber 500 . device 661; the first blower fan 662 that sends the cold air formed in the first heat exchanger 661 to the switching chamber 300, the ice making chamber 400, and the freezing chamber 500. The first heat exchanger 661 and the first blower fan 662 are vertically stacked. In addition, the first cooling chamber 660 has a cold air return port 690 for returning the cold air supplied to the switching chamber 300 , the ice making chamber 400 , and the freezing chamber 500 to the first cooling chamber 660 .

在第一冷却室660的上方,配置着生成供向冷藏室100的冷气的第二热交换器671、将在第二热交换器671中生成的冷气吹送到冷藏室100中的第二送风风扇672,设有纵向重叠地配置它们的第二冷却室670。另外,第二冷却室670具有将供给到冷藏室100的冷气返回到第二冷却室670的冷气返回口629。Above the first cooling chamber 660, the second heat exchanger 671 that generates cold air to be supplied to the refrigerating chamber 100, and the second air blower that blows the cold air generated in the second heat exchanger 671 to the refrigerating chamber 100 are disposed. The fans 672 are provided with the second cooling chamber 670 in which they are vertically overlapped. In addition, the second cooling chamber 670 has a cold air return port 629 that returns the cold air supplied to the refrigerating chamber 100 to the second cooling chamber 670 .

另外,在本实施例中,在框体2的背面上方设置安装凹部617和覆盖该安装凹部617的外侧的盖618,该安装凹部617用于安装电路基板616,该电路基板616具有总括地控制冰箱1的未图示的微型计算机。In addition, in this embodiment, a mounting recess 617 for mounting a circuit board 616 having a collectively controlling An unillustrated microcomputer of the refrigerator 1 .

如上所述,根据本实施例,通过将机械室602和第一冷却室660、第二冷却室670、循环风扇608、冷气风向变更装置700等沿纵向配置在构成冰箱1的各储藏室的后方,可以高效地配置进行制冷循环的各装置。可以将冰箱整体紧凑化。As described above, according to this embodiment, by arranging the machine room 602, the first cooling room 660, the second cooling room 670, the circulation fan 608, the cold air flow direction changing device 700, etc. in the rear direction of each storage room constituting the refrigerator 1 , each device that performs the refrigeration cycle can be efficiently arranged. The refrigerator as a whole can be compacted.

以下,参照图2和图3对构成冰箱1的各储藏室进行说明。Hereinafter, each store room which comprises refrigerator 1 is demonstrated with reference to FIG.2 and FIG.3.

在图2中,本实施例中的冰箱1包括配置在最上部的冷藏室100、配置在冷藏室100的下方的蔬菜室200、配置在蔬菜室下方的制冰室400、配置在最下部的冷冻室500。另外,虽然在图2中省略了,在蔬菜室200的下方与制冰室400并列地配置着切换室300。在冷藏室100和冷冻室500之间设有间隔板170,该间隔板170上形成着用于使供给到冷藏室100的冷气流入到蔬菜室200中的联络通路625。该联络通路例如由多个狭缝状的开口部形成,将冷气从顶面下降注入到蔬菜室200内。In FIG. 2 , the refrigerator 1 in this embodiment includes a refrigerating compartment 100 disposed at the top, a vegetable compartment 200 disposed below the refrigerating compartment 100 , an ice making compartment 400 disposed below the vegetable compartment, and a refrigerated compartment disposed at the bottom. Freezer 500. In addition, although omitted in FIG. 2 , switching chamber 300 is arranged in parallel with ice making chamber 400 below vegetable chamber 200 . Between refrigerator compartment 100 and freezer compartment 500 , partition plate 170 is provided, and communication passage 625 for allowing cold air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 to flow into vegetable compartment 200 is formed on partition plate 170 . The communication path is formed by, for example, a plurality of slit-shaped openings, and cool air is injected into vegetable compartment 200 down from the top surface.

在蔬菜室200与切换室300以及与切换室300并列配置的制冰室400之间设置在内侧具有隔热材料的隔热间壁613,用于降低在蔬菜室200与切换室300、制冰室400之间的热的影响。Between the vegetable compartment 200 and the switching compartment 300 and the ice-making compartment 400 arranged side by side with the switching compartment 300, an insulating partition wall 613 having an insulating material is provided on the inside to reduce the temperature difference between the vegetable compartment 200 and the switching compartment 300 and the ice-making compartment. Thermal effects between 400.

冷藏室100是设定为从约+2度~约+8度的室内温度,主要收纳开封·开栓后的需冷藏食品,在其室内设有多个搁板101及可变搁板104、固定搁板105。另外,在冷藏室100的室内下部设置与冷藏室100分开的、在内部具有向前后方向可抽拉的收纳托盘151的冰温冷却室150。该冰温冷却室150可在适合收纳豆腐和乳制品、冷却食品等的约+1度的室内温度和适合收纳鲜鱼和精肉、其它的加工品约-1度的室内温度的范围中设定温度。另外,冰温冷却室150的一侧与上述冰温冷却室150并列地设置自动制冰装置用的供水槽102。The refrigerating room 100 is set at an indoor temperature of about +2 degrees to about +8 degrees, and mainly accommodates food to be refrigerated after opening and opening, and a plurality of shelves 101 and variable shelves 104 are provided in the room. The shelf 105 is fixed. In addition, in the lower part of the refrigerator compartment 100, an ice temperature cooling compartment 150 separate from the refrigerator compartment 100 and having a storage tray 151 that can be drawn forward and backward is provided inside. The ice temperature cooling chamber 150 can be set within the range of an indoor temperature of about +1 degree suitable for storing tofu, dairy products, and chilled food, and an indoor temperature of about -1 degree suitable for storing fresh fish, refined meat, and other processed products. temperature. In addition, a water supply tank 102 for an automatic ice maker is provided in parallel with the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 on one side of the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 .

上述的多个分隔搁板101和可变搁板104、固定搁板105,配置在开闭门10的内壁上的多个收纳槽103、配置在室内最下部的冰温冷却室150在开闭门10关闭的状态下构成密闭的冷藏室100的收纳空间。而且,由多个分隔搁板101和可变搁板104、固定搁板105分隔在冰温冷却室150的上方形成的收纳空间。另外,在本实施例中,通过使多个分隔搁板101变换地载置在设在冷藏室100的室内侧面上的搁板承接部101a上,可以改变由多个分隔搁板101分隔的收纳空间的高度。The above-mentioned plurality of partitioned shelves 101, variable shelves 104, fixed shelves 105, a plurality of storage grooves 103 arranged on the inner wall of the opening and closing door 10, and the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 arranged in the lowest part of the room are opened and closed. The storage space of the airtight refrigerator compartment 100 is constituted in the state where the door 10 is closed. Moreover, the storage space formed above the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 is partitioned by a plurality of partition shelves 101 , variable shelves 104 , and fixed shelves 105 . In addition, in this embodiment, by placing the plurality of partition shelves 101 on the shelf receiving portion 101a provided on the indoor side surface of the refrigerating room 100 in a changeable manner, the storage partitions partitioned by the plurality of partition shelves 101 can be changed. the height of the space.

另外,如图3所示,冷藏室100在第二冷气通路607和第三冷气通路609之间设置一对照明装置110。该照明装置110由于配置在冷藏室100内的上下方向的大致中央,因此,可以高效地照明冷藏室100内。照明装置110其前面用不透明的透光材料形成的前面板102覆盖着,另外,通过用透明材料形成分隔搁板101和冰温冷却室150的顶板,可以遍及各处地照明冷却室110内。In addition, as shown in FIG. 3 , in the refrigerator compartment 100 , a pair of lighting devices 110 are provided between the second cool air passage 607 and the third cool air passage 609 . Since this illuminating device 110 is disposed substantially in the vertical center of the refrigerator compartment 100 , it can efficiently illuminate the interior of the refrigerator compartment 100 . The front of the illuminating device 110 is covered with a front panel 102 formed of an opaque light-transmitting material. In addition, by forming the top plate separating the shelf 101 and the cooling room 150 with a transparent material, the cooling room 110 can be illuminated everywhere.

另外,在本实施例中,将主要收纳开封·开栓后的需要冷藏食品的冷藏室100的收容量做成为该构成冰箱1的各储藏室中最大的收纳容积VR。In addition, in this embodiment, the storage capacity of the refrigerator compartment 100 that mainly accommodates unsealed and uncapped food that needs to be refrigerated is set to be the largest storage volume VR among the storage compartments constituting the refrigerator 1 .

蔬菜室200设定为约+3度的室内温度,设有与拉出门20一起通过拉出机构950沿前后方向可移动的蔬菜室收纳箱201。另外,蔬菜室200虽然将蔬菜收纳作为主体,也可以作为收纳瓶装食品等的储藏室。The vegetable compartment 200 is set at an indoor temperature of about +3 degrees, and is provided with a vegetable compartment storage box 201 movable in the front-rear direction by a pull-out mechanism 950 together with the pull-out door 20 . In addition, although the vegetable room 200 mainly stores vegetables, it can also be used as a storage room for storing bottled food and the like.

蔬菜室收纳箱201由第一蔬菜室收纳箱202和第二蔬菜室收纳箱203构成,该第一蔬菜室收纳箱202支承在设在拉出门20上的拉出机构950上,该第二蔬菜室收纳箱203可移动地设在第一蔬菜室收纳箱202的上部后方。在关闭了拉出门20的状态下,第一蔬菜室收纳箱202和第二蔬菜室收纳箱203构成蔬菜室200内的密闭的收纳空间。第二蔬菜室收纳箱203位于上方敞开的第一蔬菜室收纳箱202的上部后方,并且,在第一蔬菜室收纳箱202内的前方形成着收纳空间204。第二蔬菜室收纳箱203与第一蔬菜室收纳箱202的移动连动或在打开了拉出门20的状态下独立地在第一蔬菜室收纳箱202的上部缘体处滑动。The vegetable compartment storage box 201 is composed of a first vegetable compartment storage box 202 and a second vegetable compartment storage box 203. The first vegetable compartment storage box 202 is supported on the pull-out mechanism 950 provided on the pull-out door 20. The compartment storage box 203 is movably provided at the upper rear of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202 . In a state where drawer door 20 is closed, first vegetable compartment storage box 202 and second vegetable compartment storage box 203 constitute a sealed storage space in vegetable compartment 200 . The second vegetable compartment storage box 203 is located behind the upper portion of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202 which is open upward, and a storage space 204 is formed in the front of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202 . The second vegetable compartment storage box 203 slides independently on the upper edge of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202 in conjunction with the movement of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202 or with the drawer door 20 opened.

通过做成这样的构造,由于通过拉出门20拉出第一蔬菜室收纳箱202,可以进行食品的出入。还可以将第一蔬菜室收纳箱202从拉出门20上卸下进行清扫。另外,在关闭了拉出门20的状态下,由于可以在第一蔬菜室收纳箱202内的前方确保收纳空间204,因此可以适合大小地分别收纳的蔬菜等的食品,在谋求维持蔬菜等的食品鲜度的同时可以提高其收纳性。该蔬菜室200在储藏室的大小上具有第二大的收纳容积VV。By making it into such a structure, since the 1st vegetable compartment storage box 202 is drawn out through the drawer door 20, food can be taken in and out. The first vegetable compartment storage box 202 can also be detached from the pull-out door 20 for cleaning. In addition, in the state where the pull-out door 20 is closed, since the storage space 204 can be ensured in the front of the first vegetable compartment storage box 202, it is possible to suit the size of foods such as vegetables that are stored separately, and it is possible to keep foods such as vegetables. It can improve its storage while maintaining freshness. This vegetable room 200 has the second largest storage volume VV in terms of the size of the storage room.

制冰室400设定为约-18度的室内温度,是进行制冰和保存它的储藏室,具有设在室内的自动制冰装置(参照图21)、和在下方接受制冰的冰并保存它的冰收纳箱402。冰收纳箱402与拉出门40一起通过拉出机构950可沿前后方向移动地被设置。不特别需要设置自动制冰机时,也可以在制冰室400内的上部设置搁板,在该搁板上放置制冰盘。The ice making room 400 is set at an indoor temperature of about -18 degrees, is a storage room for making ice and keeping it, has an automatic ice making device (refer to FIG. Keep it in the ice storage bin 402 . Ice storage box 402 is provided movably in the front-rear direction by pull-out mechanism 950 together with pull-out door 40 . When it is not particularly necessary to install an automatic ice maker, a shelf may be provided in the upper part of the ice making chamber 400, and an ice tray may be placed on the shelf.

冰收纳箱402在拉出了拉出门40的状态下被拉出,在关闭了拉出门40的状态下构成密闭的制冰室400的收纳空间。制冰室400由于专用于制冰,其储藏室的大小为最小的收容空间VI。Ice storage box 402 is drawn out with drawer door 40 drawn out, and constitutes a storage space of airtight ice making compartment 400 with drawer door 40 closed. Since the ice-making room 400 is dedicated to making ice, the size of its storage room is the smallest storage space VI.

冷冻室500是室内温度设定约-18度、主要收纳冷冻食品的储藏室,设有通过拉出机构950与拉出门50一起可沿前后方向移动的冷冻室收纳箱501。The freezer compartment 500 is a storage compartment where the indoor temperature is set at about -18°C and mainly stores frozen food. The freezer compartment storage box 501 is provided with a drawer mechanism 950 and a drawer door 50 that can move forward and backward.

冷冻室收纳箱501安装在设在拉出门50上的拉出机构950上,由上方敞开的第一冷冻室收纳箱502和第二冷冻室收纳箱503构成,该第二冷冻室收纳箱503可移动地设在第一冷冻室收纳箱502的上部后方。在关闭了拉出门50的状态下,第一冷冻室收纳箱502和第二冷冻室收纳箱503构成冷冻室500的密闭的收纳空间。第二冷冻室收纳箱503设置为,设在第一冷冻室收纳箱502的上部后方,并与第一冷冻室收纳箱502的移动连动或在拉出门50打开了状态下独立地在第一冷冻室收纳箱502的上部缘体处进行滑动。另外,在第二冷冻室收纳箱503上,在其底面上铺设着热传导率良好的金属板,作为主要收藏需要速冻的食品、或利用频率高的冷冻食品的空间。The freezer storage box 501 is mounted on the pull-out mechanism 950 provided on the pull-out door 50, and is composed of a first freezer storage box 502 and a second freezer storage box 503 opened above. The second freezer storage box 503 can It is installed behind the top of the first freezer compartment storage box 502 in a mobile location. In a state where drawer door 50 is closed, first freezer compartment storage box 502 and second freezer compartment storage box 503 constitute a sealed storage space of freezer compartment 500 . The second freezer storage box 503 is arranged to be located on the upper rear of the first freezer storage box 502, and is linked with the movement of the first freezer storage box 502 or independently in the first freezer storage box 50 when the pull-out door 50 is opened. The upper edge of the freezer storage box 502 slides. In addition, on the second freezer storage box 503, a metal plate with good thermal conductivity is laid on the bottom surface thereof, as a space for mainly storing foods that need to be quick-frozen or frozen foods that are frequently used.

借助该2段构造,在第一冷冻室收纳箱502中如果收纳使用频率少的备用食品,在第二冷冻室收纳箱503中收纳使用频率高的食品,则可以以极高的姿势进行收纳在第二冷冻室收纳箱503中的食品的出入,可以提高冷冻室500的使用方便性。另外,冷冻室500具有其储藏室的大小与上述蔬菜室200基本同等的大小收纳空间VF。With this two-stage structure, if the first freezer storage box 502 stores spare food that is used less frequently, and the second freezer storage box 503 stores food that is frequently used, it can be stored in an extremely high posture. The entry and exit of food in the second freezer compartment storage box 503 can improve the convenience of use of the freezer compartment 500 . In addition, freezer compartment 500 has storage space VF having a size substantially equal to that of vegetable compartment 200 described above.

切换室300是可在从冷藏室100的室内温度到冷冻室500的室内温度、即约+8度到-18度的范围中设定室内温度的储藏室。通过自由地设定室内温度,可以收纳从冷藏食品到冷冻食品的范围广的食品。切换室300设有通过拉出机构950与拉出门30一起可沿前后方向移动的收纳箱301(参照图1)。Switching room 300 is a storage room whose room temperature can be set within a range from the room temperature of refrigerating room 100 to the room temperature of freezing room 500, that is, about +8 degrees to -18 degrees. By freely setting the indoor temperature, a wide range of foods from refrigerated foods to frozen foods can be stored. The switching room 300 is provided with the storage box 301 (refer FIG. 1 ) which is movable in the front-rear direction by the pull-out mechanism 950 together with the pull-out door 30 .

收纳箱301在拉出门30被拉出的状态下被拉出,在关闭了拉出门30的状态下,构成密闭的切换室300的收纳空间。该切换室300具有在储藏室大小上为第4大的收容容积VS。The storage box 301 is drawn out with the drawer door 30 drawn out, and constitutes a closed storage space of the switch chamber 300 in a state where the drawer door 30 is closed. The switch chamber 300 has a storage volume VS which is the fourth largest in storage chamber size.

本实施例的冰箱将整体的收容容积V设定为470L、将冷藏室100的收容容积VR设定为243L、将蔬菜室200的收容容积VV设定为103L,将切换室300的收容容积VS设定为26L,将制冰室400的收容容积VI设定为13L,将冷冻室500的收容容积VF设定为85L。In the refrigerator of this embodiment, the overall storage volume V is set to 470L, the storage volume VR of the refrigerator compartment 100 is set to 243L, the storage volume VV of the vegetable compartment 200 is set to 103L, and the storage volume VS of the switching room 300 is It is set to 26L, the storage volume VI of the ice making compartment 400 is set to 13L, and the storage volume VF of the freezer compartment 500 is set to 85L.

以下,参照图4说明本实施例的冰箱的外观构造。图4是表示冰箱的外观的图,图4(a)是正视图,图4(b)是左侧视图,图4(c)是俯视图,如上所述,该实施例的冰箱1在其最上部配置使用频率最高的冷藏室100,在冷藏室100的下部配置蔬菜室200,在蔬菜室200的下部分别并列地配置着切换室300和制冰室400,在切换室300和制冰室400的下部、即冰箱的最下部配置冷冻室500。通过这样地配置,由于沿冰箱的使用状态配置储藏室,因此可以不大地改变姿势的情况下进行食品的出入。Hereinafter, the appearance structure of the refrigerator of this Example is demonstrated with reference to FIG. 4. FIG. Fig. 4 is a figure showing the appearance of the refrigerator, Fig. 4(a) is a front view, Fig. 4(b) is a left side view, Fig. 4(c) is a plan view, as mentioned above, the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment is at its top The refrigerator room 100 with the highest frequency of use is arranged, and the vegetable room 200 is arranged at the bottom of the refrigerator room 100. The switch room 300 and the ice-making room 400 are respectively arranged side by side at the bottom of the vegetable room 200. Between the switch room 300 and the ice-making room 400 The freezer compartment 500 is arranged in the lower part, that is, the lowermost part of the refrigerator. By disposing in this way, since the store room is arranged along the use state of the refrigerator, food can be taken in and out without greatly changing the posture.

另外,本实施例的冰箱,为了实现与利用者的体形吻合的冰箱,从放置该冰箱的地面F到冰箱的上端部的高度设定为H1、从放置该冰箱的地面F到蔬菜室200的拉出门20的上端部的高度设定为H2、从放置该冰箱的地面F到切换室300和制冰室400的拉出门30、40的上端部的高度设定为H3,从放置该冰箱的地面F到冷冻室500的拉出门50的上端部的高度设定为H4,从放置该冰箱的地面F到操作显示部120的上端部的高度设定为H5,从放置该冰箱的地面F到操作显示部120的下端部的高度设定为H6,从放置该冰箱的地面F到手柄部11的下端部的高度设定为H7。In addition, in the refrigerator of this embodiment, in order to realize a refrigerator conforming to the body shape of the user, the height from the floor F on which the refrigerator is placed to the upper end of the refrigerator is set as H1, and the height from the floor F on which the refrigerator is placed to the vegetable compartment 200 is set as H1. The height of the upper end of the pull-out door 20 is set as H2, and the height of the upper end of the pull-out doors 30, 40 from the ground F where the refrigerator is placed to the switch chamber 300 and the ice-making compartment 400 is set as H3. The height from the ground F to the upper end of the pull-out door 50 of the freezer compartment 500 is set as H4, the height from the ground F on which the refrigerator is placed to the upper end of the operation display part 120 is set to H5, and the height from the ground F where the refrigerator is placed to The height of the lower end of the operation display unit 120 is set to H6, and the height from the floor F on which the refrigerator is placed to the lower end of the handle 11 is set to H7.

例如,在本实施例中,将H1设定为1798mm、将H2设定为985mm,将H3设定603mm,将H4设定为396mm。另外,将H5设定为1587mm,将H6设定1375mm,将H7设定为1055mm。另外,将冰箱的横宽设定为W,将切换室300的拉出门30的横宽设定为W1,将制冰室400的拉出门40的横宽设定为W2,将纵深尺寸设定为D,例如在该实施例中,将W设定为675mm、将W1设定为420mm,将W2设定为250mm,将D设定为650mm。For example, in this embodiment, H1 is set to 1798 mm, H2 is set to 985 mm, H3 is set to 603 mm, and H4 is set to 396 mm. In addition, H5 is set to 1587mm, H6 is set to 1375mm, and H7 is set to 1055mm. In addition, the width of the refrigerator is set to W, the width of the pull-out door 30 of the switch chamber 300 is set to W1, the width of the pull-out door 40 of the ice-making compartment 400 is set to W2, and the depth dimension is set to is D, for example, in this embodiment, W is set to 675 mm, W1 is set to 420 mm, W2 is set to 250 mm, and D is set to 650 mm.

根据本实施例,将到蔬菜室200的上端部的高度H2比作为冰箱的主要使用者的日本人女性的平均肘的高度1000mm低,在该H2的高度的上方配置开关门10,在下方配置拉出门20、30、40、50。另外,与使用频率关联地设定各拉出门20、30、40、50的高度H2、H3、H4、H5。由此,成为适合立着的姿势、弯腰的姿势、蹲下的姿势的尺寸,因此,在不大地改变姿势的情况下可以容易地进行食品的出入。According to this embodiment, the height H2 to the upper end of the vegetable compartment 200 is lower than the average elbow height 1000 mm of Japanese women who are the main users of the refrigerator, and the opening and closing door 10 is placed above the height H2 and placed below it. Pull out the doors 20, 30, 40, 50. In addition, the heights H2, H3, H4, and H5 of the respective pull-out doors 20, 30, 40, and 50 are set in association with the frequency of use. Thereby, since it becomes a size suitable for the standing posture, the bending posture, and the squatting posture, food can be easily carried in and out without greatly changing the posture.

另外,在该实施例中通过将操作显示部120的位置(高度H5和高度H6的范围)设在使用者的视平线附近可以提高操作性及目视性。另外,在本实施例中,由于将配置操作显示部120的高度H5、H6的高度设定得比孩子的手达到的范围高,因此,使用者可以一边用眼确认一边确实地进行动作,可以减轻误码操作。In addition, in this embodiment, operability and visibility can be improved by setting the position of the operation display unit 120 (the range of the heights H5 and H6) near the eye level of the user. In addition, in the present embodiment, since the heights H5 and H6 at which the operation display unit 120 is arranged are set higher than the reach of the child's hand, the user can perform actions reliably while checking with the eyes, and can Mitigating bit error operations.

另外,在本实施例中,通过将设在使用频率高的冷藏室100的开闭门10上的手柄部11的把手部12设在高度H6~H7的位置,可以在视平线位置的稍下方,在稍微抬手的地方位置设置把手部112,因此可以轻松进行开闭门10的开闭动作。而且,通过在把手部12的上方设置操作显示部120,集中地配置各功能要素,因此,可以提高操作性和目视性。In addition, in this embodiment, by setting the handle portion 12 of the handle portion 11 on the opening and closing door 10 of the refrigerator compartment 100 that is frequently used at a position of heights H6 to H7, it is possible to place the handle portion 12 at a position slightly above the eye level. Below, a handle portion 112 is provided at a position where the hand is raised slightly, so that the opening and closing action of the opening and closing door 10 can be easily performed. Furthermore, by providing the operation display portion 120 above the handle portion 12, the various functional elements are arranged intensively, so that operability and visibility can be improved.

这样,根据本实施例的冰箱,以使用频率的顺序从上方依次地配置冷藏室100、蔬菜室200、切换室300、制冰室400、冷冻室500,而且,将各自的储藏室分别配置在适合使用者的姿势的门构造及动作区域,由此可以提供适合储藏室的使用频率和使用者的动作姿势的冰箱。In this way, according to the refrigerator of this embodiment, the refrigerator compartment 100, the vegetable compartment 200, the switch compartment 300, the ice making compartment 400, and the freezer compartment 500 are sequentially arranged from above in the order of frequency of use, and the respective storage compartments are respectively arranged in The door structure and action area suitable for the user's posture can provide a refrigerator suitable for the frequency of use of the storage room and the user's action posture.

在此,上述本实施例的冰箱的尺寸体系是一实施例,不限定于该尺寸体系,即通过将到冷藏室1的上端部的高度H1设定为H1≤1800mm、将到蔬菜室200的拉出门20的上端部的高度H2设定为H2≤1000mm、将到切换室300的拉出门30及制冰室400的拉出门40的上端部的高度H3设定为H3≥600mm、将到冷冻室500的拉出门50的上端部的高度H4设定为H4≥350mm的范围,可以取得与上述的实施例相同的效果。同样,通过形成H5≤1600mm、H6≥1350mm、H7≥H2,可以实现与上述实施例同样的作用效果。特别是,高度H5的范围成为在视平线的高度约1442mm的平均的日本女性穿着拖鞋等的鞋类物品、伸着手的状态(臂长约50~60cm)下保持把手部12时,从视平线上下约15度的视野范围,因此,可以提供操作显示部120的目视性和操作性良好的冰箱。另外,可以提供与厨房的设计调合、且可以与各种各样的布局对应的冰箱。Here, the dimensional system of the refrigerator of the present embodiment described above is an example and is not limited to this dimensional system. That is, by setting the height H1 to the upper end of the refrigerator compartment 1 to H1≤1800 mm, the height H1 to the vegetable compartment 200 is set to H1≤1800 mm. The height H2 of the upper end of the pull-out door 20 is set to be H2≤1000mm, the height H3 of the upper end of the pull-out door 30 to the switch chamber 300 and the pull-out door 40 of the ice-making compartment 400 is set to be H3≥600mm, and the height to the freezer The height H4 of the upper end portion of the pull-out door 50 of the chamber 500 is set in the range of H4≧350mm, and the same effect as that of the above-mentioned embodiment can be obtained. Similarly, by forming H5≤1600mm, H6≥1350mm, and H7≥H2, the same effect as that of the above-mentioned embodiment can be realized. In particular, the range of height H5 becomes when the handle portion 12 is held under the state (about 50-60 cm in arm length) of an average Japanese woman wearing shoes such as slippers and stretching out her hand at a height of about 1442 mm at eye level. Since the field of view is about 15 degrees above and below the horizontal line, it is possible to provide a refrigerator with good visibility and operability of the operation display unit 120 . In addition, it is possible to provide a refrigerator compatible with the design of the kitchen and compatible with various layouts.

另外,在各门间设有约9mm左右的间隙,在冰箱的最下部设有用于隐蔽设在底面上的移动滚轮3的下摆60。In addition, a gap of about 9 mm is provided between the doors, and a hem 60 for concealing the moving roller 3 provided on the bottom surface is provided at the lowermost part of the refrigerator.

以下,对设在开闭门10和拉出门20、30、40、50上的各手柄部进行说明。Hereinafter, each handle part provided in the opening-closing door 10 and the drawing-out door 20,30,40,50 is demonstrated.

在开闭门10的打开端侧,设有手柄部11,手柄部11从正面看由从上方向下方以圆滑的圆弧形成的把手部12、形成在该把手部12的上方的平面部13、形成在把手部12的两侧的挂手凹部14、安装在平面部13上的操作显示部120构成,通过用手握持把手部12或用手拉把手部12可以打开开闭门10。对于该手柄部11的构造在后面详细说明。On the open end side of the door 10, a handle portion 11 is provided. The handle portion 11 is formed from a handle portion 12 formed in a smooth arc from the top to the bottom in a front view, and a flat portion 13 formed on the top of the handle portion 12. , the handle recess 14 formed on both sides of the handle portion 12, and the operation display portion 120 installed on the plane portion 13 constitute the opening and closing door 10 by holding the handle portion 12 or pulling the handle portion 12 by hand. The structure of the handle portion 11 will be described in detail later.

在设在蔬菜室200和冷冻室500的前面上的开闭门20、50上,从开闭门20、50的上端部的两端向中央以圆滑圆弧形成着横手柄21、51,该横手柄21、51由横长的挂手部22、52和形成在该挂手部22、52的下方的挂手凹部23、53构成。该开闭门20、50通过提着挂手部22、52向跟前拉而被开放。On the opening and closing doors 20, 50 provided on the front of the vegetable compartment 200 and the freezing compartment 500, horizontal handles 21, 51 are formed in a smooth arc from both ends of the upper ends of the opening and closing doors 20, 50 to the center. The horizontal handles 21 , 51 are composed of horizontally long handle portions 22 , 52 and handle recessed portions 23 , 53 formed below the handle portions 22 , 52 . The opening and closing doors 20 and 50 are opened by holding the handles 22 and 52 and pulling them toward the front.

在设在切换室300和制冰室400的前面上的开闭门30、40上,在上端设有横手柄31、41。该横手柄31、41由挂手部32、42和形成在该挂手部32、42的下方的挂手凹部33、43构成。该拉出门30、40通过将手挂在该挂手部32、42上向跟前拉而被开放。On the opening and closing doors 30, 40 provided on the front surfaces of the switch chamber 300 and the ice making chamber 400, horizontal handles 31, 41 are provided at the upper ends. The horizontal handles 31 , 41 are composed of handle portions 32 , 42 and handle recessed portions 33 , 43 formed below the handle portions 32 , 42 . The pull-out doors 30 , 40 are opened by hanging the hands on the handle portions 32 , 42 and pulling them toward the front.

以下,参照图5对本实施例的冰箱整体的冷气流动进行说明。图5是卸掉了开闭门和拉出门的状态的冰箱1的正视图。在图5中,首先说明供给到冷冻室500和切换室300、制冰室400冷气的流动。由第一热交换器611冷却的冷气流入第一冷气通路606,该冷气在流入分支通路606a(参照图2)的同时由第一送风风扇662导引到分支通路606b的分支通路606c中,流入分支通路606a中的冷气从吹出口619和620供给到冷冻室500,在冷却了冷冻室500后被导入冷气返回口690,返回到第一冷却室660。Hereinafter, the flow of cold air in the entire refrigerator of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 5 . Fig. 5 is a front view of the refrigerator 1 in a state where the opening and closing door and the pull-out door are removed. In FIG. 5, the flow of cold air supplied to freezing compartment 500, switching compartment 300, and ice making compartment 400 will be described first. The cold air cooled by the first heat exchanger 611 flows into the first cold air passage 606, and the cold air is guided into the branch passage 606c of the branch passage 606b by the first blower fan 662 while flowing into the branch passage 606a (see FIG. 2 ), The cool air flowing into the branch passage 606a is supplied to the freezer compartment 500 from the outlets 619 and 620 , and after cooling the freezer compartment 500 , is introduced into the cool air return port 690 and returns to the first cooling compartment 660 .

流入分支通路606b中的冷气从吹出口681供给到制冰室400,在冷却了制冰室400后,通过返回口691被导引到冷气返回口690,返回到第一冷却室660。The cold air flowing into branch passage 606b is supplied to ice making compartment 400 from outlet 681 , and after cooling ice making compartment 400 , is guided to cold air return port 690 through return port 691 and returned to first cooling chamber 660 .

流入分支通路606c的冷气通过冷气分配器612对应于切换室300的设定状态调节冷气量,在冷气量调节后从吹出口682将冷气供给到切换室300,在冷却了切换室300后,通过返回口692导引到冷气返回口690,返回到第一冷却室660。The cold air flowing into the branch passage 606c is passed through the cold air distributor 612 to adjust the amount of cold air corresponding to the setting state of the switching chamber 300, and after the adjustment of the amount of cold air, the cold air is supplied to the switching chamber 300 from the outlet 682, and after cooling the switching chamber 300, passes through the The return port 692 leads to the cold air return port 690 to return to the first cooling chamber 660 .

以下,说明供给到冷藏室100和蔬菜室200的冷气的流动。由第二热交换器671冷却的冷气,由第二送风风扇672诱导而从该第二送风风扇672朝向前方流出,流入第二冷气通路607,向冷藏室100供给冷气。该第二冷气通路607在冷藏室100的后方被分支为多个通路。Hereinafter, the flow of cool air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 and vegetable compartment 200 will be described. The cool air cooled by the second heat exchanger 671 is induced by the second blower fan 672 to flow forward from the second blower fan 672 , flow into the second cool air passage 607 , and supply the cool air to the refrigerator compartment 100 . The second cold air passage 607 is branched into a plurality of passages at the rear of the refrigerator compartment 100 .

如图5所示,在本实施例中,第二冷气通路607被分支为从正面看成为Y字形的两个分支通路607a、607b。另外,在本实施例的冰箱中,在被左右分支的分支通路607a、607b夹着的中央部分上形成着第三冷气通路609。As shown in FIG. 5 , in this embodiment, the second cold air passage 607 is branched into two branch passages 607a and 607b that are Y-shaped when viewed from the front. In addition, in the refrigerator of this embodiment, the third cold air passage 609 is formed in the central portion sandwiched between the branch passages 607a and 607b that branch off to the left and right.

在本实施例中一边使冷气循环一边向冷藏室100供给冷气的第三冷气通路609设在在冷藏室100的后方左右分支地形成的分支通路607a、607b之间,在该第三冷气通路609上设有循环风扇608和冷气风向变更装置700,该循环风扇608用于导引冷气,该冷气风向变更装置700一边使由循环风扇608导引的冷气在冷藏室100内循环一边进行供给冷气。In this embodiment, the third cold air passage 609 that supplies cold air to the refrigerator compartment 100 while circulating the cold air is provided between the branch passages 607a and 607b that are branched left and right at the rear of the refrigerator compartment 100 . There is a circulation fan 608 for guiding cold air and a cold air direction changing device 700 for supplying cold air while circulating the cold air guided by the circulating fan 608 in the refrigerator compartment 100 .

关于第三冷气通路609的循环冷却的构造,由于记载于本申请人在先申请的特愿平11-235018号中,因此,省略其详细说明。在本实施例中,说明从第二冷气通路607供给向冷藏室100的冷气的流动。The structure of the circulating cooling of the third cold air passage 609 is described in Japanese Patent Application No. Hei 11-235018, which was previously filed by the present applicant, so detailed description thereof will be omitted. In this embodiment, the flow of the cool air supplied from the second cool air passage 607 to the refrigerator compartment 100 will be described.

借助第二送风风扇672导入构成第二冷气通路607的分支通路607a、607b中的冷气,通过从形成在冷藏室100的背面壁上的多个吹出口611向冷藏室100供给冷气,进行冷藏室100的冷却。The cold air in the branch passages 607a, 607b constituting the second cold air passage 607 is introduced by the second blower fan 672, and the cold air is supplied to the refrigerator compartment 100 from the plurality of outlets 611 formed on the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment 100 to perform refrigeration. Cooling of chamber 100 .

供给冷藏室100的冷气一边冷却由多个分隔搁板101和固定搁板104、可变搁板105分隔的收纳空间,一边与设在冷藏室100的前方的收纳槽103接触。与收纳槽接触的冷气在冷却了该收纳槽103后,沿该收纳槽103与多个分隔搁板101和固定搁板104、可变搁板105的前端之间形成的上下连续的间隙下降,到达该冷藏室100的底面。Cool air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 contacts storage tank 103 provided in front of refrigerator compartment 100 while cooling the storage space partitioned by plurality of partition shelves 101 , fixed shelves 104 , and variable shelves 105 . After the cold air in contact with the storage tank has cooled the storage tank 103, it descends along the up and down continuous gaps formed between the storage tank 103 and the front ends of the plurality of partitioned shelves 101, fixed shelves 104, and variable shelves 105, The bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment 100 is reached.

另外,在图5中作了省略,从第二冷气通路607直接从设在该冰温冷却室150的背面的吹出口向冰温冷却室150供给冷气,在冷却了收纳托盘151内后,吹出到该收纳托盘151的前面侧,与从上方下降来的冷气混合到达冷藏室100的底面。In addition, it is omitted in FIG. 5 , and the cold air is directly supplied to the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 from the outlet provided on the back side of the ice temperature cooling chamber 150 from the second cold air passage 607, and after cooling the inside of the storage tray 151, it is blown out. It reaches the front side of the storage tray 151 , mixes with the cold air descending from above, and reaches the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment 100 .

达到了冷藏室100的底面的冷气,被导引到连接通路625(参照图2),冷气通过该连接通路625流入蔬菜室200,在冷却了蔬菜室200后通过蔬菜室收纳箱201的外侧从冷气返回口629返回到第二冷却室670。The cold air that has reached the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment 100 is guided to the connecting passage 625 (see FIG. 2 ), the cold air flows into the vegetable compartment 200 through the connecting passage 625, and passes through the outside of the vegetable compartment storage box 201 after cooling the vegetable compartment 200. The cold air return port 629 returns to the second cooling chamber 670 .

这样,本实施例的冰箱,由于具有第一冷却室660和第二冷却室670,可以高效地进行食品的急速冷却、急速解冻、急速冷冻等。该第一冷却室660用于生成供给到冷冻室500和切换室300和制冰室400的冷气,该第二冷却室670用于生成供给到冷藏室100的冷气。另外,供给到冷藏室100和蔬菜室200的冷气由于不受冷却冷冻室500的冷气的影响,因此,可以减轻冷藏室100和蔬菜室200的过冷却。Thus, since the refrigerator of this embodiment has the first cooling chamber 660 and the second cooling chamber 670, rapid cooling, rapid thawing, and rapid freezing of foods can be efficiently performed. The first cooling chamber 660 generates cold air supplied to the freezing chamber 500 , the switching chamber 300 , and the ice making chamber 400 , and the second cooling chamber 670 generates cold air supplied to the refrigerating chamber 100 . In addition, since the cool air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 and vegetable compartment 200 is not affected by the cool air that cools freezer compartment 500, supercooling of refrigerator compartment 100 and vegetable compartment 200 can be reduced.

下面,参照图6和图7对设在第三冷却通路609上的冷气风向变更装置700的构成进行说明。图6是冷藏室100的背面壁的零件展开图,图7是冷气风向变更装置700的零件外观图,图7a是正视图,图7b是侧视图。Next, the configuration of the cold air flow direction changing device 700 provided on the third cooling passage 609 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7 . Fig. 6 is an exploded view of parts of the back wall of the refrigerator compartment 100, Fig. 7 is an external view of parts of the cooling airflow direction changing device 700, Fig. 7a is a front view, and Fig. 7b is a side view.

首先参照图6说明冷藏室100的背面壁。如图6所示,冷藏室100的背面壁由构成该背面壁几乎全部的背面板111和覆盖该背面板111的前部的前板112构成。First, the rear wall of refrigerator compartment 100 will be described with reference to FIG. 6 . As shown in FIG. 6 , the rear wall of refrigerator compartment 100 is constituted by rear panel 111 constituting almost the entire rear wall and front panel 112 covering the front portion of rear panel 111 .

背面板111由下部鼓出部111a、第一平面部111b、第二平面部111c形成;该下部鼓出部111a与间壁170(参照图2)的上端部连续而且覆盖第二冷却室670的上部地构成蔬菜室200的背面壁的上部;该第一平面部111b形成在下部鼓出部111a的上方,构成冰温冷却室150的背面壁;该第二平面部111c形成在第一平面部111b的上方,设置在第二冷气通路607的前面和第三冷气通路609的背面上,构成冷藏室100的背面壁。The back panel 111 is formed by a lower bulging portion 111a, a first planar portion 111b, and a second planar portion 111c; the lower bulging portion 111a is continuous with the upper end of the partition wall 170 (see FIG. The upper part of the back wall of the vegetable compartment 200 is constituted; the first planar portion 111b is formed above the lower bulging portion 111a, constituting the back wall of the ice temperature cooling chamber 150; the second planar portion 111c is formed on the first planar portion 111b The top of the refrigerator compartment 100 is formed on the front of the second cold air passage 607 and the back of the third cold air passage 609 .

该背面板111,为了在与框体2之间构成空间,在该框体2的内侧背面壁上形成着凹部632(参照图2),为了覆盖该凹部632的前面,在周围留下缘地组装在冷藏室100的背面上。The back panel 111 forms a space between the frame body 2 and a recess 632 (refer to FIG. 2 ) on the inner back wall of the frame body 2. In order to cover the front surface of the recess 632, a margin is left around. Assembled on the back of the refrigerator compartment 100 .

在由凹部632和背面板111形成的空间中设有第二冷气通路607,还设有配置在第三冷气通路609中的循环风扇608和冷气风向变更装置700。In the space formed by the concave portion 632 and the back panel 111 , the second cool air passage 607 is provided, and the circulation fan 608 and the cool air direction changing device 700 are also provided in the third cool air passage 609 .

冷气风向变更装置700包括圆筒形管道701、轴承部702、驱动部703;该圆筒形管道701用于将由循环风扇608导引的冷气供给到冷藏室100内;该轴承部702支承该圆筒形管道701的下部并使来自循环风扇608的冷气与圆筒形管道701连通;该驱动部703支承圆筒形管道701的上部,并用于使该圆筒管道701旋转。通过将冷气风向变更装置700用螺栓等从背面侧安装在背面板111上而与背面板111结合。The cold air wind direction changing device 700 includes a cylindrical duct 701, a bearing part 702, and a drive part 703; the cylindrical duct 701 is used to supply the cold air guided by the circulating fan 608 into the refrigerator compartment 100; the bearing part 702 supports the circular The lower part of the cylindrical duct 701 communicates the cold air from the circulation fan 608 with the cylindrical duct 701; the driving part 703 supports the upper part of the cylindrical duct 701 and is used to rotate the cylindrical duct 701. The cold air flow direction changing device 700 is attached to the rear panel 111 from the rear side with bolts or the like, and is coupled to the rear panel 111 .

第二平面部111c在其中央形成着开口部113,在该开口部113上配置圆筒形管道701,以与形成在前板112上的多个吹出部610连通。在开口部113的两侧形成用于设置照明装置110的凹部114,在凹部114的两侧狭缝状地设有多个吹出口611(611a、611b、611c、611d)。吹出口611a为了获得大的开口而由多个横向狭缝形成,吹出口611b、611c、611d由比吹出口611a小的开口形成。The second planar portion 111c has an opening 113 formed at the center thereof, and the cylindrical duct 701 is disposed on the opening 113 so as to communicate with the plurality of blowing portions 610 formed on the front plate 112 . On both sides of the opening 113 is formed a recess 114 for installing the lighting device 110 , and on both sides of the recess 114 are provided a plurality of outlets 611 ( 611 a , 611 b , 611 c , 611 d ) in a slit shape. The outlet 611a is formed with a plurality of horizontal slits to obtain a large opening, and the outlets 611b, 611c, and 611d are formed with openings smaller than the outlet 611a.

另外,在构成冰温冷却室150的背面壁的第一平面部111b上设有用于将冷气供给于冰温冷却室150的吹出口和冷藏室100的冷气返回口116,并且通过螺栓等在背面侧上安装着循环风扇608。In addition, on the first planar portion 111b constituting the back wall of the ice-temperature cooling chamber 150, there is provided a blower port for supplying cold air to the ice-temperature cooling chamber 150 and a cold air return port 116 of the refrigerator compartment 100, and the rear surface is connected by bolts or the like. A circulation fan 608 is installed on the side.

前板112以覆盖照明装置110和开口部113的方式安装在背面板111上。背面板111由透光性材料形成,通过将其前面或背面实施皱纹处理而进行难以看到内部的表面加工。由此,可以使照明装置110的光扩散地从冷藏室100的背面侧进行照射。The front plate 112 is attached to the back plate 111 so as to cover the lighting device 110 and the opening 113 . The rear panel 111 is formed of a light-transmitting material, and its front or back surface is wrinkled to make the inside difficult to see. Thereby, the light of illuminating device 110 can be diffused and irradiated from the back side of refrigerator compartment 100 .

另外,在前板112的中央形成着倾斜面636和筒状部637,该倾斜面636是以圆筒形管道701的回转轴为中心的扇形,两侧向内方倾斜;该筒状部637设置在该倾斜面636的内侧,是以圆筒形管道701的旋转轴为中心的同心圆形状。在筒状部637上形成着与分隔搁板101的排列对应的多个吹出口610(610a、610b、610c、610d)。In addition, an inclined surface 636 and a cylindrical portion 637 are formed in the center of the front plate 112. The inclined surface 636 is fan-shaped with the rotation axis of the cylindrical pipe 701 as the center, and both sides are inclined inwardly; the cylindrical portion 637 The inner side of the inclined surface 636 is provided in a concentric circle shape centered on the rotation axis of the cylindrical duct 701 . A plurality of outlets 610 ( 610 a , 610 b , 610 c , 610 d ) corresponding to the arrangement of the partition shelves 101 are formed in the cylindrical portion 637 .

以下参照图7对配置在第三冷气通路609中的循环风扇608及冷气风向变更装置700进行说明。The circulation fan 608 and the cooling air direction changing device 700 arranged in the third cold air passage 609 will be described below with reference to FIG. 7 .

由于冷气风向变更装置700的详细的构成如前所述记载在由本申请人申请的特愿平11-235018号中,因此在本实施例中省略其说明,只对其概略构成进行说明。Since the detailed configuration of the cooling airflow direction changing device 700 is described in Japanese Patent Application No. Hei 11-235018 filed by the present applicant as described above, its description will be omitted in this embodiment, and only its schematic configuration will be described.

如图7(a)所示,圆筒形管道701形成着将从循环风扇608导引来的冷气通过多个吹出口611(参照图6)供给到冷藏室100用的多个冷气供给口717。在本实施例中,将该多个冷气供给口717用4个吹出口717a、717b、717c、717d构成,将717a作为上段冷气供给口,将717b作为第一中段冷气供给口,将717c作为第2中段冷气供给口,将717d作为下段冷气供给口。As shown in FIG. 7( a ), the cylindrical duct 701 forms a plurality of cold air supply ports 717 for supplying the cold air guided from the circulation fan 608 to the refrigerator compartment 100 through a plurality of outlets 611 (see FIG. 6 ). . In this embodiment, the plurality of cold air supply ports 717 are composed of four outlets 717a, 717b, 717c, and 717d, 717a is used as the upper stage cold air supply port, 717b is used as the first middle stage cold air supply port, and 717c is used as the second stage cold air supply port. 2 The cold air supply port in the middle stage, use 717d as the cold air supply port in the lower stage.

另外,如图7(b)所示,循环风扇608和圆筒形管道701通过管道配合部708连接,该管道配合部708形成在配置在循环风扇608和圆筒形管道701之间的轴承部702和圆筒形管道701的下方,轴承部702构成为以将圆筒形管道701的旋转轴向前方倒伏的姿势支承着圆筒形管道701的形状。另外,在圆筒形管道701的上方安装着驱动部703,该动驱动部703由马达704和连杆705构成,该马达704用于使该圆筒形管道701旋转,该连杆部705用于连接马达704和圆筒形管道701。In addition, as shown in FIG. 7( b), the circulating fan 608 and the cylindrical duct 701 are connected by a duct fitting portion 708 formed on a bearing portion disposed between the circulating fan 608 and the cylindrical duct 701. 702 and below the cylindrical pipe 701 , the bearing portion 702 is configured to support the cylindrical pipe 701 in a posture of laying down the rotational axis of the cylindrical pipe 701 forward. In addition, a driving part 703 is installed above the cylindrical pipe 701, and the driving part 703 is composed of a motor 704 and a connecting rod 705. The motor 704 is used to rotate the cylindrical pipe 701, and the connecting rod part 705 is used for For connecting the motor 704 and the cylindrical pipe 701.

以下参照图8对冷气风向变更装置700的动作控制进行说明。图8是冷气风向变更装置700动作控制框图。本实施例的冰箱1在由操作显示部120将冰箱1的运转模式设定为急速冷却运转或急速解冻运转时,冷气风向变更装置700进行动作。以下,在本实施例中,作为一例对冰箱1被设定为急速冷却运转的情况进行说明。The operation control of the cold air flow direction changing device 700 will be described below with reference to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is a block diagram of the operation control of the cold air flow direction changing device 700 . In the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment, when the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is set to the rapid cooling operation or the rapid defrosting operation by the operation display unit 120 , the cold air flow direction changing device 700 operates. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, a case where the refrigerator 1 is set to the rapid cooling operation will be described as an example.

在图8中,当操作设在操作显示部120上的操作部121,将冰箱1的运转模式设定为急速冷却运转时,运转模式信号送到设在电路基板616上的微型计算机630。微型计算机630根据接收的运转模式信号将冰箱1设为急速冷却运转模式,并进行冷气风向变更装置700的控制。冷气风向变更装置700的控制,通过操作操作部121驱动马达704,使圆筒形管道701旋转,选择性地设定供给到冷藏室100内的冷气的方向。在决定了冷气的供给方向后,微型计算机630在提高压缩机601的转速的同时使循环风扇608动作,开始了动作的循环风扇608吸入冷气,在圆筒形管道701中流入冷气。流入圆筒形管道701的冷气通过多个冷气供给口717和多个吹出口610朝向设定的冷气的供给方向集中地将冷气供给到冷藏室100内,冷气的供给状态显示在显示部122上。在开始急速冷却运转后经过规定时间时,在停止循环风扇608的同时也停止来自圆筒形管道701的冷气供给,使冰箱1进行通常的运转。In FIG. 8 , when the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is set to rapid cooling operation by operating the operation unit 121 provided on the operation display unit 120 , an operation mode signal is sent to the microcomputer 630 provided on the circuit board 616 . The microcomputer 630 sets the refrigerator 1 to the rapid cooling operation mode based on the received operation mode signal, and controls the cooling air direction changing device 700 . The control of the cold air direction changing device 700 is to selectively set the direction of the cold air supplied into the refrigerator compartment 100 by operating the operation unit 121 to drive the motor 704 to rotate the cylindrical duct 701 . After determining the supply direction of the cold air, the microcomputer 630 increases the speed of the compressor 601 and activates the circulation fan 608 , and the activated circulation fan 608 sucks in cold air and flows into the cylindrical duct 701 . The cold air flowing into the cylindrical duct 701 is supplied to the refrigerator compartment 100 in a concentrated manner through the plurality of cold air supply ports 717 and the plurality of air outlets 610 toward the set cold air supply direction, and the supply state of the cold air is displayed on the display unit 122 . When a predetermined time elapses after the start of the rapid cooling operation, the circulation fan 608 is stopped, and the supply of cold air from the cylindrical duct 701 is also stopped, and the refrigerator 1 is operated normally.

如上所述,根据本实施例,由于通过操作操作部121使冷气风向变更装置700动作,可以将冷气集中地供给到收纳着需要进行急速冷却的食品的部位,因此,可以高效率地进行食品的急速冷却。另外,根据本实施例,即使在冷藏室100中收纳了例如需要夺取大量的热量的热的食品时,通过有选择地将冷气集中地供给向该热的食品,可以尽快地消除冷藏室100内的温度不均。As mentioned above, according to the present embodiment, since the cooling air direction changing device 700 is operated by operating the operation part 121, the cooling air can be intensively supplied to the portion where the food that needs to be rapidly cooled is stored, so that the food can be cooled efficiently. Rapid cooling. In addition, according to the present embodiment, even if the refrigerator compartment 100 accommodates, for example, hot food that needs to take away a large amount of heat, by selectively supplying the cold air to the hot food intensively, it is possible to eliminate the heat in the refrigerator compartment 100 as quickly as possible. uneven temperature.

以下,参照图9和图10对设在开闭门10的前面上的操作显示部120进行说明。图9是表示操作显示部120的构成的图。图10是操作显示部120的仰视图。Hereinafter, the operation display unit 120 provided on the front surface of the door 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10 . FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the operation display unit 120 . FIG. 10 is a bottom view of the operation display unit 120 .

在图9中,操作显示部120由操作冰箱1的操作部121和显示冰箱1的运转状态的显示部122构成。操作部121由具有多个操作按钮的第一操作按钮群123和第二操作按钮群124构成,通过操作该第一操作按钮群123和第二操作按钮群124可以使冰箱1进行急速冷却运转、急速解冻运转、急速冷冻运转等。In FIG. 9 , operation display unit 120 is composed of operation unit 121 for operating refrigerator 1 and display unit 122 for displaying the operating state of refrigerator 1 . The operation unit 121 is composed of a first operation button group 123 and a second operation button group 124 having a plurality of operation buttons. Rapid thawing operation, rapid freezing operation, etc.

第一操作按钮群123主要具有指示冰箱1的运转模式的功能,在本实施例中,做成为指示冰箱的急速冷却运转的冷却按钮123a、指示冰箱的急速解冻运转的解冻按钮123b、指示冰箱的急速冷冻运转的冷冻按钮123c,这些按钮沿纵向从上起以冷却按钮123a、解冻按钮123b、冷冻按钮123c的顺序被配置。The first operation button group 123 mainly has the function of indicating the operation mode of the refrigerator 1. In this embodiment, it is made as a cooling button 123a indicating a rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator, a defrosting button 123b indicating a rapid defrosting operation of the refrigerator, and an instruction button of the refrigerator. The freezing button 123c for the quick freezing operation is arranged in the order of the cooling button 123a, the defrosting button 123b, and the freezing button 123c from the top in the vertical direction.

第二按钮群124具有主要控制构成冰箱1的各储藏室的运转状态的功能,在本实施例中,做成为:控制切换室300的运转状态的切换室按钮124a、设定时间的按钮124b、控制冷藏室100的运转状态的冷藏室按钮124c、控制冷冻室500的运转状态的冷冻室按钮124d、控制制冰室400的运转状态的制冰按钮124e,这些各操作按钮在第一按钮群123的下方,沿纵向从上以切换室按钮124a、定时按钮124b、冷藏室按钮124c、冷冻室按钮124d、制冰按钮124e的顺序被配置着。The second button group 124 has the function of mainly controlling the operating states of each storage compartment constituting the refrigerator 1. In this embodiment, it is made as: a switching room button 124a for controlling the operating state of the switching room 300, a button 124b for setting the time, The refrigerating compartment button 124c for controlling the operating state of the refrigerating compartment 100, the freezer compartment button 124d for controlling the operating state of the freezing compartment 500, and the ice making button 124e for controlling the operating state of the ice making compartment 400, these operation buttons are in the first button group 123 From the bottom of the bottom, the switching chamber button 124a, the timer button 124b, the refrigerator compartment button 124c, the freezer compartment button 124d, and the ice making button 124e are arranged in this order from the top in the vertical direction.

显示部122,具有多个显示区域,在本实施例中由第一显示部130a、第二显示部130b、第三显示部130c构成;该第一显示部130a显示冰箱1的运转模式和由冷气风向变更装置700供向冷藏室100的冷气供给方向等;该第二显示部130b显示切换室300的动作状态;该第三显示部130c显示冷藏室100和制冰室400、冷冻室500的动作状态等。另外,在本实施例中,显示部122由纵长的液晶显示板构成。The display part 122 has a plurality of display areas, and in this embodiment is composed of a first display part 130a, a second display part 130b, and a third display part 130c; The air direction changing device 700 supplies the cold air supply direction to the refrigerator compartment 100, etc.; the second display unit 130b displays the operating state of the switching compartment 300; status etc. In addition, in this embodiment, the display unit 122 is constituted by a vertically long liquid crystal display panel.

以下参照图10对操作显示部120的内部构造进行说明。在图10中,操作显示部120具有形成其表面的表面板800和形成背面的基板810,由该表面板800和基板810形成操作显示部120的外框。另外,在表面板800上设有半透半反镜140。构成第一按钮群123和第二按钮群124的各操作按钮由配置在表面板800上的按钮罩126和被该按钮罩126覆盖的按钮127构成,按钮罩126从表面板800稍微突出地被设置着。The internal structure of the operation display unit 120 will be described below with reference to FIG. 10 . In FIG. 10 , the operation display unit 120 has a surface plate 800 forming the front surface and a substrate 810 forming the back surface. The surface plate 800 and the substrate 810 form the outer frame of the operation display unit 120 . In addition, a half mirror 140 is provided on the surface plate 800 . Each operation button constituting the first button group 123 and the second button group 124 is composed of a button cover 126 arranged on the front panel 800 and a button 127 covered by the button cover 126, and the button cover 126 is slightly projected from the front panel 800 and is covered set up.

由液晶显示板构成的显示部122具有显示冰箱1的运转状态的显示内容,由固定构件820a、820b固定在表面板800的背面和基板810上,用表面板800显示冰箱1的运转状态。The display unit 122 composed of a liquid crystal display panel has display content for displaying the operating state of the refrigerator 1, and is fixed on the back surface of the surface panel 800 and the substrate 810 by fixing members 820a, 820b, and the operating state of the refrigerator 1 is displayed on the surface panel 800.

在基板810上设有开关830和发光二极管(LED)840、850,该开关830通过操作构成第一按钮群123和第二按钮群124的各操作按钮而起动,该发光二极管(LED)840、850对应于开关830的动作进行发光。A switch 830 and light-emitting diodes (LEDs) 840, 850 are provided on the substrate 810. The switch 830 is activated by operating the operation buttons constituting the first button group 123 and the second button group 124. The light-emitting diodes (LEDs) 840, 850 emits light corresponding to the operation of switch 830 .

在液晶显示板的背面上设有用于将由LED850发光的光导引到液晶显示板上的导光板135。A light guide plate 135 for guiding light emitted by the LED 850 to the liquid crystal display panel is provided on the back surface of the liquid crystal display panel.

在由以上那样的构造构成的操作显示部120中,在通常的状态下,LED840、850熄灭,液晶显示板的显示内容由半透半反镜140隐蔽,半透半反镜140发挥通常的反射镜的作用。从该状态通过操作构成第一按钮群123和第二按钮群124的各操作按钮的任意一个,开关830起动,LED840、850点亮发光。LED840将光照向操作的操作按钮,通过使操作的操作按钮发光,显示是使用者操作的按钮的情况。从LED850发出的光由导光板135导引到由液晶显示板构成的显示部122上,通过液晶显示板发光,由构成第一按钮群123和第二按钮群124的各操作按钮任何一个指示的冰箱1的运转状态透过设在表面板800上的半透半反镜140由表面板800显示。在经过了一定时间后,LED840、850熄灭,同时液晶显示板也熄灭,显示部122的显示内容由半透半镜140隐蔽,半透半反镜140发挥通常的镜子的作用。In the operation display unit 120 constituted by the structure as above, in a normal state, the LEDs 840 and 850 are extinguished, the display content of the liquid crystal display panel is hidden by the half mirror 140, and the half mirror 140 exerts normal reflection. The role of the mirror. From this state, by operating any one of the operation buttons constituting the first button group 123 and the second button group 124 , the switch 830 is activated, and the LEDs 840 and 850 light up and emit light. The LED 840 illuminates the operated operation button and illuminates the operated operation button to indicate that it is the button operated by the user. The light emitted from the LED 850 is guided by the light guide plate 135 to the display portion 122 made of a liquid crystal display panel, and is emitted by the liquid crystal display panel, and is indicated by any one of the operation buttons constituting the first button group 123 and the second button group 124. The operating state of the refrigerator 1 is displayed on the surface plate 800 through the half mirror 140 provided on the surface plate 800 . After a certain period of time, the LEDs 840 and 850 are turned off, and the liquid crystal display panel is also turned off, and the display content of the display unit 122 is hidden by the half mirror 140, which functions as a normal mirror.

这样,在本实施例中,由于仅以一定时间显示构成第一按钮群123和第二按钮群124的各操作按钮的操作状态和冰箱1的运转状态,没有必要经常地使LED840、850点亮,可以减少冰箱1的电力消耗。In this way, in this embodiment, since the operation states of the operation buttons constituting the first button group 123 and the second button group 124 and the operation state of the refrigerator 1 are only displayed for a certain period of time, it is not necessary to constantly light the LEDs 840, 850. , can reduce the power consumption of the refrigerator 1.

以下参照图11~26对操作按钮121的操作和显示部122的显示内容进行说明。首先,参照图11~图15,对操作了第一按钮群123时的显示在显示部122上的内容进行说明。图11是表示操作显示部120的显示状态的一例的图,图12、图13是表示第一显示部130a的显示状态的一例的图,图14是表示操作显示部120的显示状态的一例的图,图15是表示第一显示部130a的显示状态的一例的图。The operation of the operation button 121 and the display content of the display unit 122 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 11 to 26 . First, the contents displayed on the display unit 122 when the first button group 123 is operated will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 15 . 11 is a diagram showing an example of a display state of the operation display unit 120, FIGS. 12 and 13 are diagrams showing an example of a display state of the first display unit 130a, and FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of a display state of the first display unit 130a.

在本实施例中,在冰箱进行着通常的运转状态下,显示部122的显示内容成为由半透半反镜140隐蔽的状态。从该状态通过操作冷冻按钮123a、解冻按钮123b、冷冻按钮123c的任何一个,如图11(a)所示地成为显示由半透半反镜140隐蔽的显示部122显示内容的状态。图11(a)表示本实施例的冰箱1的通常运转状态、例如冰箱1省电运转、语音控制“ON”、切换室300、冷冻室、冷藏室以摄氏+2度、冷冻室在摄氏-18度运转着的状态。In this embodiment, when the refrigerator is in a normal operating state, the display content of the display unit 122 is hidden by the half mirror 140 . From this state, by operating any one of the freeze button 123a, the defrost button 123b, and the freeze button 123c, as shown in FIG. Fig. 11 (a) shows the normal operating state of the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment, such as refrigerator 1 power-saving operation, voice control "ON", switch chamber 300, freezer, freezer at +2 degrees Celsius, freezer at Celsius- 18 degrees running state.

当从该状态例如操作冷却按钮123a将冰箱变成急速冷却模式时,如图11(b)所示,表示冷气方向的方向显示装置160、表示急速运转模式的标记161和表示急速冷却模式的标记167显示在第一显示部130a上,冰箱1的运转模式在切换为急速冷却模式的同时,用例如“是急速冷却模式。”等的语音引导通知冰箱1的运转模式。对于语音引导的设定和非设定在以后进行说明。When the refrigerator is turned into the rapid cooling mode by operating the cooling button 123a from this state, as shown in Figure 11 (b), the direction display device 160 representing the cold air direction, the mark 161 representing the rapid operation mode and the mark 161 representing the rapid cooling mode 167 is displayed on the first display unit 130a, and the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is switched to the rapid cooling mode, and the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is notified by voice guidance such as "It is the rapid cooling mode." The setting and non-setting of the voice guidance will be described later.

表示在第一显示部130a上的方向显示装置160,如图12所示,由表示由冷气风向变更装置700供向冷藏室100的冷气的供给方向的第一方向表示标记160a、第二方向表示标记160b、第三方向表示标记160c的3个标记构成,图12(a)表示显示方向显示装置160的状态,图12(b)表示显示第一方向显示标记160a的状态,图12(c)表示显示第二方向显示标记160b的状态,图12(d)表示显示第三方向显示标记160c的状态。The direction display device 160 shown on the first display portion 130a, as shown in FIG. Mark 160b, the 3 mark constitutions of mark 160c of the third direction indication mark, Fig. 12 (a) shows the state of displaying direction display device 160, Fig. 12 (b) shows the state of displaying first direction display mark 160a, Fig. 12 (c) 12( d ) shows a state where the third direction display mark 160 c is displayed.

在本实施例中,如图12(a)所示,通过操作冷却按钮123a,在第一显示部130a上显示方向显示装置160和表示急速运转模式的标记161。从图12(a)所示的状态通过再操作冷却按钮123a,如图12(b)所示,在第一显示部130a上显示第一方向显示标记160a,可以任意地或有选择地设定从冷气风向变更装置700供给到冷藏室100内的冷气的供给方向。当再操作冷却按钮123a时,如图12(c)、(d)所示,以第二方向显示标记160b、第三方向显示标记160c的顺序显示在第一显示部130a上,可以有选择地设定从冷气风向变更装置700供给到冷藏室100内的冷气的供给方向。通过这样,由于可以对应于放置在冷藏室内的食品的位置供给冷气,可以高效率地快速地进行冷却。In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12( a ), by operating the cooling button 123 a , a direction display device 160 and a mark 161 indicating the rapid operation mode are displayed on the first display portion 130 a. From the state shown in Figure 12 (a), by operating the cooling button 123a again, as shown in Figure 12 (b), the first direction display mark 160a is displayed on the first display portion 130a, which can be set arbitrarily or selectively. The supply direction of the cool air supplied from the cool air flow direction changing device 700 into the refrigerator compartment 100 . When the cooling button 123a is operated again, as shown in Fig. 12(c), (d), it will be displayed on the first display portion 130a in the order of the second direction display mark 160b and the third direction display mark 160c, which can be selectively The supply direction of the cool air supplied from the cool air direction changing device 700 into the refrigerator compartment 100 is set. In this way, since cool air can be supplied corresponding to the position of the food placed in the refrigerator compartment, cooling can be performed quickly and efficiently.

而且,在冰箱1的运转模式和冷气的供给方向的设定等结束后,当经过了一定时间时,冰箱1以急速冷却模式开始动作,并且,由例如“开始急速冷却模式运转。”等的语音引导通知冰箱1急速冷却模式开始了运转。另外,在本实施例中,在开始急速冷却模式运转的同时,冷气风向变更装置700将朝向改变为用方向显示装置160表示的方向,沿其方向一边集中地供给冷气,一边以预设的规定时间进行急速冷却运转。And, after the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 and the setting of the supply direction of the cold air are completed, when a certain period of time has elapsed, the refrigerator 1 starts to operate in the rapid cooling mode, and, for example, "Start the rapid cooling mode operation." Voice guidance informs that the rapid cooling mode of the refrigerator 1 has started operation. In addition, in this embodiment, at the same time when the rapid cooling mode operation is started, the cold air flow direction changing device 700 changes the direction to the direction indicated by the direction display device 160, and the cold air is supplied intensively along the direction, while the preset regulation Time for rapid cooling operation.

在上述的实施例中,表示着朝向被选择的方向供给冷气的状态,如图13(d)所示,在第一显示部130上显示方向显示装置160,也可以沿冷藏室100内的全方位的供给冷气。在图13(d)的状态中,冷气风向变更装置700在冷藏室100内旋转,一边对冷藏室内整体供给冷气一边进行急速冷却运转。另外,伴随着急速冷却运转,显示在第一显示部130上的方向显示装置160以图13(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)所示的状态反复进行显示。由此,可以在视觉上确认冷气流动着。即使在第一显示部130上显示着第一方向显示标记160a、第二方向显示标记160b、第三方向显示标记160c中的任何一个时,也以图13(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)所示的状态反复进行显示。In the above-mentioned embodiment, it shows the state of supplying cold air toward the selected direction. As shown in FIG. Azimuth supply air-conditioning. In the state of FIG. 13( d ), cold air flow direction changing device 700 rotates in refrigerating room 100 to perform rapid cooling operation while supplying cold air to the entire refrigerating room. In addition, the direction display device 160 displayed on the first display unit 130 repeatedly displays the states shown in FIGS. 13( a ), ( b ), ( c ), and ( d ) during the rapid cooling operation. Thereby, it is possible to visually confirm that cool air is flowing. Even when any one of the first direction display mark 160a, the second direction display mark 160b, and the third direction display mark 160c is displayed on the first display portion 130, the direction is shown in Fig. 13 (a), (b), (c) ), (d) are displayed repeatedly.

而且,当经过了预定的规定时间时,由例如“结束急速冷却运转。”等的语音引导或电子声等通知急速冷却运转结束了的情况,并且,液晶显示板130的显示返回到图11(a)表示的状态,冰箱进行通常的运转,然后,在经过一定时间时,显示部122的显示内容由半透半反镜140隐蔽,冰箱1继续进行通常的运转。And when the predetermined specified time has elapsed, the situation that the rapid cooling operation is completed is notified by voice guidance such as "end the rapid cooling operation." or electronic sound, etc., and the display of the liquid crystal display panel 130 returns to FIG. In the state shown in a), the refrigerator performs normal operation. Then, after a certain period of time, the display content of the display unit 122 is hidden by the half mirror 140, and the refrigerator 1 continues to perform normal operation.

这样,在本实施例中,由于在第一显示部130a上显示方向显示装置160的状态下,通过操作冷却按钮123a,在第一显示部130a上一个一个地顺序地选择为第一方向显示标记160a、第二方向显示标记160b、第三方向显示标记160c,再将其结果显示在显示部上,因此,可以向符合使用者的目的任意方向集中地供给冷气。另外,在本实施例中,由于由语音通知冰箱1的运转模式设定和动作开始时刻、动作结束时刻等,因此,可以容易地进行冰箱1的运转状态的确认。In this way, in this embodiment, since the direction display device 160 is displayed on the first display portion 130a, by operating the cooling button 123a, the first direction display marks are sequentially selected one by one on the first display portion 130a. 160a, the second direction display mark 160b, and the third direction display mark 160c, and the results are displayed on the display unit, so that cool air can be intensively supplied in any direction that suits the user's purpose. In addition, in this embodiment, since the operation mode setting of the refrigerator 1, the operation start time, the operation end time, etc. are notified by voice, the operation state of the refrigerator 1 can be easily confirmed.

另外,在本实施例中,通过操作解冻按钮123b,显示在第一显示部130a上的标记167的显示从“冷却”变为“解冻”,冰箱1的运转模式设定急速解冻模式,但是,除了标记167的显示以外,显示在第一显示部130a上的内容与急速冷却模式的情况相同,另外,冷气风向变更装置700的控制也与急速冷却模式的情况相同,因此,省略其详细说明。In addition, in this embodiment, by operating the defrosting button 123b, the display of the mark 167 displayed on the first display portion 130a changes from "cooling" to "thawing", and the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is set to the rapid defrosting mode. However, Except for the display of the mark 167, the content displayed on the first display unit 130a is the same as that in the rapid cooling mode, and the control of the cooling airflow direction changing device 700 is also the same as in the rapid cooling mode, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.

在操作了解冻按钮123b时,也与操作了冷却按钮123a的情况相同,由例如“是急速解冻模式。”和“开始急速解冻模式运转。”、“结束急速解冻模式。”等的语音引导、电子声等通知冰箱1的运转开始、运转结束。另外,在本实施例中,由半透半反镜140隐蔽构成显示部122的液晶显示板,但不限定于此。例如在冰箱1通常运转时,使构成显示部122的液晶显示板的周围暗不显眼,通过操作操作部121,使液晶显示板的周围明亮,也可以显示显示在液晶显示板上的显示内容。When the defrosting button 123b is operated, as in the case of operating the cooling button 123a, voice guidance such as "It is the rapid defrosting mode." An electronic sound or the like notifies the operation start and end of the operation of the refrigerator 1 . In addition, in this embodiment, the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display unit 122 is concealed by the half mirror 140, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, when the refrigerator 1 is in normal operation, the surroundings of the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display unit 122 are made dark so that the surroundings of the liquid crystal display panel are brightened by operating the operation unit 121 to display the display content displayed on the liquid crystal display panel.

接着,参照图14对操作了冷冻按钮123c的情况进行说明。在冰箱1进行通常运转的状态下,操作冷冻按钮123c使冰箱1成为急速冷冻模式时,如图14所示,表示急速冷冻运转模式的标记162显示在第一显示部130a上,在冰箱1的运转模式切换为急速冷冻模式的同时,由语音通知冰箱1的运转模式。例如在将冰箱1的运转模式变为急速冷冻模式时,用“是急速冷冻运转模式。”等的语音引导通知运转模式。Next, the case where the freeze button 123c is operated will be described with reference to FIG. 14 . Under the state that refrigerator 1 carries out normal operation, when operating freezing button 123c to make refrigerator 1 into rapid freezing mode, as shown in FIG. Simultaneously with switching the operation mode to the rapid freezing mode, the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is notified by voice. For example, when the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is changed to the rapid freezing mode, the operation mode is notified by voice guidance such as "It is the rapid freezing operation mode."

在急速冷冻运转模式的设定等结束了后,当经过了一定时间时,冰箱1以急速冷冻模式开始动作的同时,由例如“开始急速冷冻模式运转。”等的语音引导或表示急速冷冻模式运转开始的电子声等通知冰箱1以急速冷冻模式开始运转,以预设定的规定时间进行急速冷冻运转。After the setting of the rapid freezing operation mode, etc., when a certain period of time has elapsed, the refrigerator 1 starts operating in the rapid freezing mode, and at the same time, the rapid freezing mode is guided or indicated by a voice such as "Start the rapid freezing mode operation." An electronic sound or the like of the operation start notifies the refrigerator 1 that the operation is started in the rapid freezing mode, and the rapid freezing operation is performed for a preset predetermined time.

而且,当经过了预设定的规定时间时,由例如“急速冷冻模式运转结束。”等的语音引导或表示急速冷冻模式运转结束的电子声等通知急速冷冻运转结束,并且,冰箱1返回到通常的运转状态。当从返回到通常的运转后经过一定时间时,构成显示部122的液晶显示板由半透半反镜140隐蔽,冰箱1继续进行通常的运转。Moreover, when the predetermined time has passed, the end of the quick freezing operation is notified by voice guidance such as "the quick freezing mode operation is over." or an electronic sound indicating that the quick freezing mode operation is over, and the refrigerator 1 returns to the normal operating condition. When a certain time elapses after returning to the normal operation, the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display unit 122 is hidden by the half mirror 140, and the refrigerator 1 continues normal operation.

以下参照图15对语音引导的设定、非设定进行说明。图15是表示语音引导的设定状态和非设定状态的图,图15(a)表示语音引导的设定状态,图15(b)表示语音引导的非设定状态。The setting and non-setting of voice guidance will be described below with reference to FIG. 15 . FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a set state and a non-set state of voice guidance, FIG. 15( a ) shows a set state of voice guidance, and FIG. 15( b ) shows a non-set state of voice guidance.

在本实施例中,用冷冻按钮123c进行语音引导的设定、非设定。具体地讲通过持续规定时间例如3秒程度按压冷冻按钮123c,图15(a)所示的表示语音引导的设定状态的标记164熄灭,第一显示部130a的显示成为图15(b)所示的状态,成为语音引导非设定的状态。在语音引导非设定状态中,在冰箱1的运转模式设定时、动作开始时、动作结束时所产生的语音引导或电子声等消失,同时在操作各操作按钮时产生的电子声等也消失。In the present embodiment, setting and non-setting of voice guidance are performed using the freeze button 123c. Specifically, by continuing to press the freeze button 123c for a predetermined time, for example, about 3 seconds, the mark 164 showing the setting state of the voice guidance shown in FIG. The displayed state becomes the state where voice guidance is not set. In the voice guidance non-setting state, the voice guidance or electronic sounds generated when the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is set, when the operation starts, and when the operation ends disappear, and at the same time, the electronic sounds generated when operating the operation buttons are also suppressed. disappear.

在再次设定语音引导时,通过持续规定时间例如3秒程度按压冷冻按钮123c,表示语音引导的设定状态的标记164点亮,第一显示部130a的显示成为图15(a)所示的状态,成为语音引导设定的状态。在语音引导设定的状态下,如上所述,进行冰箱1的运转模式设定时、动作开始时、动作结束时的语音引导,同时产生操作各操作按钮时的电子声等。在本实施例中,虽然用冷冻按钮123c进行语音引导的设定、非设定,但是,也可以用冷却按钮123a或解冻按钮123b进行语音引导的设定、非设定。When resetting the voice guidance, by continuing to press the freeze button 123c for a predetermined time, for example, about 3 seconds, the mark 164 representing the setting state of the voice guidance lights up, and the display on the first display portion 130a becomes as shown in FIG. 15(a). The status becomes the status of voice guidance setting. In the voice guidance setting state, as described above, voice guidance is performed when the operation mode of the refrigerator 1 is set, when the operation is started, and when the operation is completed, and electronic sounds are generated when each operation button is operated. In the present embodiment, although the setting and non-setting of the voice guidance are performed by the freezing button 123c, the setting and non-setting of the voice guidance may be performed by the cooling button 123a or the thawing button 123b.

以下,参照图16~图26对操作了第二按钮群124时的显示部122的显示状态进行说明。Hereinafter, the display state of the display unit 122 when the second button group 124 is operated will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 26 .

首先,参照图16~图19对本实施例的冰箱1的定时功能的一实施例进行说明。图16~图19是表示第三显示部130c的显示状态的一例。First, an example of the timer function of the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19 . 16 to 19 show examples of display states of the third display unit 130c.

在本实施例中,如上所述,通过例如操作冷却按钮123a,冰箱的运转模式切换为急速冷却运转,以预先设定的规定时间进行急速冷却运转。但也不限定于此,也可以根据使用目的设定急速冷却运转的时间。具体讲,在内藏于冰箱1中的微型计算机中以规定的时间间隔储存着可设定的时间,可以根据收纳在冷藏室100内的食品的状态、例如所收纳的食品的所具有的温度等设定急速冷却运转的时间。在本实施例的冰箱中,作为一例,急速冷却运时间设定为30分,当操作冷却按钮123a经过一定时间时,冰箱1进行30分钟的急速冷却运转。这时,在操作冷却按钮123a后经过一定时间前,当操作定时按钮124b时,第三显示部130c的显示成为图16(a)的状态,冰箱的急速冷却运转时间被设定为60分。当再操作定时按钮124b上,第三显示部130c的显示成为图16(b)的状态,冰箱1进行急速冷却运转的时间被设定为90分。在图16中,仅将急速冷却运转的设定时间表示到90分,但不限定于此,可以设定为从30分到最大180分(3小时)。另外,在本实施例中,以一定间隔例如30分钟间隔设定急速冷却运转时间,但不限定于此。例如也可以以10分钟为单位或1小时为单位设定急速冷却运转时间。在进行急速冷却的时间的设定结束并经过一定时间时,冰箱1以设定的时间开始急速冷却运转,同时,由语音引导或电子声等将开始急速解冻运转的状态通知给使用者。In this embodiment, as described above, for example, by operating the cooling button 123a, the operation mode of the refrigerator is switched to the rapid cooling operation, and the rapid cooling operation is performed for a predetermined time set in advance. However, it is not limited thereto, and the time for rapid cooling operation may be set according to the purpose of use. Specifically, a settable time is stored in a microcomputer built in the refrigerator 1 at regular time intervals, and the time can be set according to the state of the food stored in the refrigerator 100, such as the temperature of the stored food. Set the time for rapid cooling operation. In the refrigerator of this embodiment, as an example, the rapid cooling operation time is set to 30 minutes, and when the cooling button 123a is operated for a certain period of time, the refrigerator 1 performs the rapid cooling operation for 30 minutes. At this time, when the timer button 124b is operated before a certain time elapses after the cooling button 123a is operated, the display on the third display unit 130c becomes the state shown in FIG. When the timing button 124b is operated again, the display of the third display portion 130c becomes the state of FIG. 16(b), and the time for the rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator 1 is set to 90 minutes. In FIG. 16 , only the set time of the rapid cooling operation is shown up to 90 minutes, but it is not limited thereto, and can be set from 30 minutes to a maximum of 180 minutes (3 hours). In addition, in the present embodiment, the rapid cooling operation time is set at regular intervals, for example, at intervals of 30 minutes, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the rapid cooling operation time may be set in units of 10 minutes or 1 hour. When the setting of the rapid cooling time is completed and a certain time elapses, the refrigerator 1 starts the rapid cooling operation at the set time, and at the same time notifies the user of the start of the rapid defrosting operation by voice guidance or electronic sound.

另外,在本实施例中,在操作了解冻按钮123b时,不仅可以以预先设定的规定时间进行急速解冻运转,而且还可以对应于使用目的来设定急速解冻运转的时间。在本实施例的冰箱中,作为一例将急速解冻运转的时间设定为1小时(60分钟),当操作解冻按钮123b并经过一定时间时,冰箱1进行1小时(60分钟)的急速解冻运转。这时,在操作解冻按钮123b后经过一定时间前,当操作定时按钮124b时,第三显示部130c的显示成为图17(a)的状态,冰箱1显示进行急速成解冻运转的最短时间。在本实施例中,作为一例将该最短时间设定为15分钟。当第三显示部130c的显示从图17(a)的状态再操作定时按钮124b时,在第三显示部130c上以图17(b)、(c)、(d)的顺序显示进行急速解冻的时间,可以设定冰箱1进行急速解冻运转的时间。在本实施例中,仅将急速运转的设定时间表示到2小时(120分钟),但是不限定于此,也可以设定为从15分钟到最大4小时(240分钟)。另外,在本实施例中,在表示进行急速解冻运转的最短时间的状态下设定急速解冻运转时间,但是,不限定于此。例如也可以以预先设定的规定时间为基准以10分钟为单位或1小时为单位设定急速解冻运转时间。而且,当结束进行急速解冻的时间的设定并经过一定时间时,冰箱1以设定的时间开始急速解冻运转,同时,由语音导引或电子声等将急速解冻运转开始了的情况通知给使用者。In addition, in this embodiment, when the defrosting button 123b is operated, not only the rapid defrosting operation can be performed for a predetermined time set in advance, but also the time of the rapid defrosting operation can be set according to the purpose of use. In the refrigerator of this embodiment, as an example, the time of the rapid defrosting operation is set to 1 hour (60 minutes), and when the defrosting button 123b is operated and a certain period of time passes, the refrigerator 1 performs the rapid defrosting operation for 1 hour (60 minutes). . At this time, when the timer button 124b is operated before a certain time has elapsed after the defrosting button 123b is operated, the display on the third display portion 130c becomes the state shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the shortest time is set to 15 minutes as an example. When the display of the third display part 130c is operated from the state of Fig. 17(a) when the timer button 124b is operated again, the sequence of Fig. 17(b), (c), and (d) is displayed on the third display part 130c to perform rapid defrosting. can set the time for the refrigerator 1 to perform rapid defrosting operation. In this embodiment, the setting time of rapid operation is only shown to 2 hours (120 minutes), but it is not limited to this, and it may be set from 15 minutes to a maximum of 4 hours (240 minutes). In addition, in the present embodiment, the rapid defrosting operation time is set in a state indicating the shortest time for performing the rapid defrosting operation, but it is not limited thereto. For example, the rapid defrosting operation time may be set in units of 10 minutes or 1 hour based on a predetermined time set in advance. And when finishing the setting of the time for quick thawing and passing a certain time, the refrigerator 1 starts the quick thawing operation with the set time, and at the same time, the situation that the quick thawing operation has started is notified to the user by voice guidance or electronic sound. user.

这样,在本实施例中,由于可以由定时功能对应于使用目的对冰箱1设定进行急速冷却运转或急速解冻运转的时间,因此,可以提供使用方便性良好的冰箱。In this way, in this embodiment, since the timer function can be used to set the time for the rapid cooling operation or the rapid defrosting operation for the refrigerator 1 according to the purpose of use, it is possible to provide a refrigerator with good usability.

以下参照图18和图19对本实施例的冰箱1的定时功能的其它的实施方式进行说明。Another embodiment of the timer function of the refrigerator 1 of this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19 .

在冰箱1进行着运转的状态下,当操作定时按钮124b时,第三显示部130c的显示切换为图18(a)的状态,同时冷藏室按钮124c和冷冻室按钮124d切换为定时时间设定按钮。在本实施例的状态下,例如冷藏室按钮124c切换为设定“分”的操作按钮,冷冻室按钮124d切换为设定“秒”的操作按钮。Under the state that refrigerator 1 is running, when the timing button 124b is operated, the display of the third display portion 130c is switched to the state of FIG. button. In the state of this embodiment, for example, the refrigerator compartment button 124c is switched to an operation button for setting "minute", and the freezer compartment button 124d is switched to an operation button for setting "second".

当第三显示部130c在图18(a)所示的状态下操作冷藏室按钮124c时,第三显示部130c的显示成为图18(b)、(c)的状态,可以以1分为单位设定定时时间的“分”。在本实施例中,最大可以设定到99分。在设定了定时时间的“分”后,当操作冷冻室按钮124d时,第三显示部130c的显示成为图19(a)所示的状态,从该状态再操作冷冻室按钮124d时,第三显示部130c的显示如图19(b)、(c)所示地进行切换,可以设定定时时间的“秒”。在本实施例中,可以以10秒为单位设定该定时时间的“秒”的设定。When the third display unit 130c operates the refrigerator compartment button 124c in the state shown in FIG. 18(a), the display of the third display unit 130c becomes the state of FIG. Set the "minute" of the timing time. In this embodiment, the maximum can be set to 99 points. After setting the "min" of the timing time, when the freezer button 124d is operated, the display of the third display part 130c becomes the state shown in Figure 19 (a), and when the freezer button 124d is operated from this state, the first The display of the third display unit 130c is switched as shown in Fig. 19(b) and (c), and "second" of the timer time can be set. In this embodiment, the "second" setting of the timing time can be set in units of 10 seconds.

而且,当定时时间的设定结束并操作定时按钮124b时,定时功能进行动作,同时,由语音引导和电子声等通知定时运转开始了的情况。另外,在定时设定时间经过后,由语音引导和电子声等通知定时功能结束了的情况。And when the setting of the timer time is completed and the timer button 124b is operated, the timer function operates, and at the same time, the start of the timer operation is notified by voice guidance, electronic sound, or the like. In addition, after the timer setting time has elapsed, the completion of the timer function will be notified by voice guidance, electronic sound, etc.

这样,在本实施例中,由于使冰箱1带有定时功能,例如可以将该定时功能作为厨房定时器使用。而且,在将该定时功能作厨房定时器使用时,可以进行例如在烹饪的作业中所使用的微波炉等的使用时间和冰箱1所进行的急速冷却、急速解冻的时间等的管理。因此可以进行烹饪作业整体的管理。Thus, in this embodiment, since the refrigerator 1 has a timer function, for example, the timer function can be used as a kitchen timer. Furthermore, when this timer function is used as a kitchen timer, it is possible to manage, for example, the use time of a microwave oven used in cooking operations, the time for rapid cooling and rapid thawing by the refrigerator 1, and the like. Therefore, overall management of the cooking operation can be performed.

以下,参照图20对操作了切换室按钮124a时的显示部122的显示进行说明。Hereinafter, the display on the display unit 122 when the switching room button 124a is operated will be described with reference to FIG. 20 .

图20表示在第二显示部130b上显示了切换室300的设定状态的状态。在冰箱1进行着运转的状态下,当操作切换室按钮124a时,第二显示部130b的显示成为图20(a)所示的状态,在显示在切换室300中可设定的全储藏室的同时,成为解除切换室300的设定状态。当从图20(a)所示的状态再操作切换室按钮124a时,第二显示部130b的显示成为图20(b)所示的状态,成为将切换室300选择为冷冻室的状态。当从图20(b)的状态再操作切换室按钮124a时,第二显示部130b的显示再次成为图20(a)的状态,成为解除了切换室300的选择的状态。以后,通过操作切换室124a,第二显示部130b的显示以图20(c)、(a)、(d)的顺序进行切换。即,在本实施例中,通过操作切换室按钮124a直到将切换室300设定为对应使用目的的储藏室,反复进行切换室300的选择、解除,将切换室300设定为对应使用目的储藏室。FIG. 20 shows a state in which the setting state of the switch chamber 300 is displayed on the second display unit 130b. Under the state that refrigerator 1 is running, when the switch room button 124a is operated, the display of the second display portion 130b becomes the state shown in FIG. At the same time, the setting state of the switch chamber 300 is released. When switching compartment button 124a is operated again from the state shown in FIG. 20( a ), the display on second display unit 130 b changes to the state shown in FIG. 20( b ), and the switching compartment 300 is selected as the freezer compartment. When the switching room button 124a is operated again from the state of FIG. 20(b), the display on the second display unit 130b becomes the state of FIG. 20(a) again, and the selection of the switching room 300 is cancelled. Thereafter, by operating the switching chamber 124a, the display on the second display unit 130b is switched in the order of (c), (a) and (d) of FIG. 20 . That is, in this embodiment, by operating the switching room button 124a until the switching room 300 is set as the storage room corresponding to the purpose of use, the selection and release of the switching room 300 are repeated, and the switching room 300 is set as the storage room corresponding to the purpose of use. room.

当在设定了对应于了使用目的切换室300的状态下,停止切换室按钮124a的操作时,在经过一定时间后,切换室300作为被设定的储藏室开始运转的同时、如图20(e)所示,设定的切换室300的状态显示在第二显示部130b上。在本实施例中,如图20(e)的所示,表示将切换室300设定为局部室的状态。另外,在本实施例中,如果语音导引的设定成为“ON”,在操作了切换室按钮124a时,以例如“叨、唻、咪”那样的阶段性地改变音节的电子声通知切换室300的选择状态。When the switching room 300 corresponding to the purpose of use is set, the operation of the switching room button 124a is stopped, and after a certain period of time, the switching room 300 starts to operate as the set storage room, as shown in FIG. 20 . As shown in (e), the set state of the switching room 300 is displayed on the second display unit 130b. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20( e ), a state in which the switching chamber 300 is set as a partial chamber is shown. In addition, in this embodiment, if the setting of the voice guide is "ON", when the switch room button 124a is operated, the electronic sound that changes the syllables step by step, such as "周, 唻, 嘿", notifies the switch. Selected state of room 300.

这样,在本实施例中,视觉性显示切换室300的选择状态,同时用电子声等听觉性地进行通知,因此,可以在不开闭切换室300的开闭门30的状态下确认切换室300的设定状态,因此,提高了切换室300的使用方便性。In this way, in this embodiment, the selection state of the switching room 300 is visually displayed, and at the same time, an electronic sound or the like is used to notify audibly, so that the switching room can be confirmed without opening and closing the opening and closing door 30 of the switching room 300. 300, therefore, the convenience of using the switching chamber 300 is improved.

以下,参照图21~图23对制冰按钮124e功能进行说明。图21是表示自动制冰装置构成的图,图22和图23是表示第三显示部130c的显示状态的一例的图。Hereinafter, the function of the ice making button 124e will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 23 . Fig. 21 is a diagram showing the configuration of the automatic ice maker, and Figs. 22 and 23 are diagrams showing an example of a display state of the third display unit 130c.

如图21所示,自动制冰装置由设在冷藏室100中的供水槽102、设在制冰室400中的制冰盘901、从供水槽102向制冰盘901进行供水的供给泵902及供水管903、过滤器904构成。该自动制冰装置通常在冰箱1运转的状态下,供水泵902以一定的间隔从供水槽102通过过滤器904吸上水,通过供水管903将水供给到制冰盘901,由此来进行制冰,被制成的冰收纳在冰收纳箱402中。As shown in FIG. 21 , the automatic ice making device consists of a water supply tank 102 installed in the refrigerator compartment 100 , an ice tray 901 installed in the ice making compartment 400 , and a supply pump 902 that supplies water from the water supply tank 102 to the ice tray 901 . And water supply pipe 903, filter 904 constitutes. In this automatic ice making device, when the refrigerator 1 is in operation, the water supply pump 902 sucks water from the water supply tank 102 through the filter 904 at a certain interval, and supplies the water to the ice making tray 901 through the water supply pipe 903, thereby performing Ice is made, and the made ice is stored in the ice storage box 402 .

在本实施例中,通过操作制冰按钮120e可以在例如压缩机601(参照图2)的运转声和冰落下的语音容易使人们介意的夜间等暂时地使该自动制冰装置停止。在操作制冰按钮124e暂时地使制冰装置停止的情况下,表示在第三显示部130上,表示自动制冰模式的标记165成为图22(a)所示状态,表示暂时使自动制冰装置停止的状态。暂时停止了的自动制冰装置,在经过了规定时间后解除暂时停止,再次以一定间隔开始制冰。在本实施例中,将自动制冰装置暂时停止的时间设定为例如约8小时。In this embodiment, by operating the ice making button 120e, the automatic ice making device can be temporarily stopped at night, for example, when the operating sound of the compressor 601 (see FIG. 2 ) and the sound of falling ice are easily disturbing. When the ice-making button 124e is operated to temporarily stop the ice-making device, it is displayed on the third display portion 130, and the mark 165 representing the automatic ice-making mode becomes the state shown in FIG. The state in which the device is stopped. The automatic ice making device that has been temporarily stopped will cancel the temporary stop after a predetermined time has elapsed, and start making ice again at regular intervals. In this embodiment, the time for which the automatic ice maker is temporarily stopped is set to, for example, about 8 hours.

另外,第三显示部130c的显示内容在图22(a)的状态下通过再操作制冰按钮124e,显示在第三显示部130c上的标记165成为图22(b)所示的形式,停止自动制冰装置的动作。停止的自动制冰装置一直停止到再操作制冰按钮124e。In addition, the display content of the third display part 130c is in the state of Fig. 22 (a) by operating the ice making button 124e again, and the mark 165 displayed on the third display part 130c becomes the form shown in Fig. 22 (b), and stops. Operation of the automatic ice maker. The stopped automatic ice making device stops until the ice making button 124e is operated again.

以下根据图21、参照图23对自动制冰装置的清扫进行说明。自动制冰装置的清扫,例如通过多次操作制冰按钮124e,将表示用图23(a)表示的清扫模式的标记166显示在第三显示部130c上设定制冰装置的清扫模式。而且,在标记166显示在第三显示部130c上后经过一定时间后,清扫模式发挥作用,供水泵902从供水槽102通过过滤器904吸上水,通过供水管903将水供给到制冰盘901,通过反复进行这样的动作,来进行制冰盘901和供水管903的清扫。另外,自动制冰装置的清扫过程中,第三显示部130c的显示,如图23(a)、(b)所示,表示自动制冰模式的标记165和表示清扫模式的标记166闪亮地进行显示,同时,由电子声等的语音通知冰箱1是自动制冰装置的清扫模式。在本实施例中,对应于标记165和标记166的闪亮状态产生电子声等的语音。The cleaning of the automatic ice maker will be described below with reference to FIG. 21 and FIG. 23 . To clean the automatic ice maker, for example, by operating the ice making button 124e multiple times, displaying the mark 166 representing the cleaning mode shown in FIG. Then, after a certain period of time has elapsed after the mark 166 is displayed on the third display portion 130c, the cleaning mode is activated, and the water supply pump 902 sucks water from the water supply tank 102 through the filter 904, and supplies the water to the ice tray through the water supply pipe 903. 901, by repeating such operations, the ice tray 901 and the water supply pipe 903 are cleaned. In addition, during the cleaning process of the automatic ice making device, the display on the third display part 130c, as shown in Fig. 23(a) and (b), shows the mark 165 representing the automatic ice making mode and the mark 166 representing the cleaning mode blinking. While displaying, the refrigerator 1 is notified by a voice such as an electronic voice that it is in the cleaning mode of the automatic ice maker. In the present embodiment, voices such as electronic sounds are generated corresponding to the blinking states of the marks 165 and 166 .

这样,在本实施例中,由于可以进行制冰盘901的清扫、及过去不太清扫的供水管903的清扫,因此,可以卫生的使用自动制冰装置。另外,在本实施例中,即使是设定着自动制冰装置的清扫模式时,冷藏室100、蔬菜室200、切换室300、冷冻室500也分别按照设定的运转模式进行动作。In this way, in this embodiment, since the cleaning of the ice tray 901 and the cleaning of the water supply pipe 903 which has not been cleaned in the past can be performed, the automatic ice making device can be used hygienically. In addition, in this embodiment, even when the cleaning mode of the automatic ice maker is set, refrigerator compartment 100, vegetable compartment 200, switching compartment 300, and freezer compartment 500 operate according to the set operation modes, respectively.

以下,参照图24对应冷藏室按钮124c的功能进行说明。图24是表示操作了冷藏室按钮124c时的第三显示部130c的显示状态的图。Hereinafter, the function of the refrigerator compartment button 124c will be described with reference to FIG. 24 . Fig. 24 is a diagram showing a display state of third display unit 130c when refrigerator compartment button 124c is operated.

在图24中,在第三显示部130c的显示状态在图24(a)所示的状态下操作冷藏室按钮124c时,处于第三显示部130c的一侧的“强·中·弱”的显示的旁边的、表示压缩机转速的标记108进行移动,成为图24(b)所示的状态。In FIG. 24, when the display state of the third display unit 130c is in the state shown in FIG. The mark 108 indicating the number of revolutions of the compressor next to the display moves to the state shown in FIG. 24( b ).

在本实施例中,标记180越接近“强”的位置,压缩机601(参照图2)的转速越高,冷却能力越高,并且冷藏室100的室内温度也越低。In this embodiment, the closer the mark 180 is to the "strong" position, the higher the rotation speed of the compressor 601 (see FIG. 2 ), the higher the cooling capacity, and the lower the indoor temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 is.

在图24(b)的状态下,当再操作冷藏室按钮124c时,标记180的位置如图24(c)所示地成为“强”的位置。在图24(c)的状态下,压缩机601的转速变高,供给到冷藏室100中的冷气的温度变低。当从该状态再操作冷藏室按钮124c时,标记180以图24(b)、(a)、(d)、(e)的顺序进行显示。在图24(e)的状态下,压缩机601的转速变低,供给到冷藏室100中的冷气的温度变高。In the state of FIG. 24( b ), when the refrigerator compartment button 124c is operated again, the position of the mark 180 becomes a "strong" position as shown in FIG. 24( c ). In the state of FIG.24(c), the rotation speed of the compressor 601 becomes high, and the temperature of the cold air supplied to the refrigerator compartment 100 becomes low. When the refrigerator compartment button 124c is operated again from this state, the mark 180 is displayed in the order of FIG.24 (b), (a), (d), (e). In the state of FIG. 24(e), the number of rotations of compressor 601 becomes low, and the temperature of the cold air supplied to refrigerator compartment 100 becomes high.

在本实施例中,通过操作冷藏室按钮124c来决定标记180的位置,在决定了压缩机601的转速后,经过一定时间时,冷藏室100的室内温度被调节,第三显示部130c的显示成为图24(f)所示的状态,并显示对应于压缩机601的转速的冷藏室100的室内温度。In this embodiment, the position of the mark 180 is determined by operating the refrigerator compartment button 124c. After the rotation speed of the compressor 601 is determined, when a certain period of time passes, the indoor temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 is adjusted, and the display on the third display unit 130c It becomes the state shown in FIG.24(f), and the indoor temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 corresponding to the rotation speed of the compressor 601 is displayed.

在本实施例中,对冷藏室100的温度调节进行说明,但是,通过操作冷冻室按钮124d使标记185的显示位置改变也可以与冷藏室100的温度调节同样地进行冷冻室500的温度调节。对于标记185的移动,由于与标记180相同,省略其详细说明。In this embodiment, the temperature adjustment of refrigerator compartment 100 is described, but the temperature adjustment of freezer compartment 500 can be performed similarly to the temperature adjustment of refrigerator compartment 100 by operating freezer compartment button 124d to change the display position of mark 185 . Since the movement of the mark 185 is the same as that of the mark 180, its detailed description will be omitted.

这样,在本实施例中,由于可以对应于使用目的调节冷藏室100和冷冻室500的室内温度,因此,可以提供冷藏室100和冷冻室500的使用方便性良好的冰箱。Thus, in this embodiment, since the indoor temperature of refrigerator compartment 100 and freezer compartment 500 can be adjusted according to the purpose of use, it is possible to provide a refrigerator with good usability of refrigerator compartment 100 and freezer compartment 500 .

在本实施例中,是由压缩机601的转速来调节冷藏室100和冷冻室500的室内温度的,但是,也可以如图25所示,通过操作冷藏室按钮124c和冷冻室按钮124d使以数值显示在第三显示部130c上的室内温度增减来进行冷藏室100和冷冻室500的温度调节。图25是表示通过操作冷藏室按钮124c和冷冻室按钮124d调节用数值显示的室内温度的状态的图。通过从图24(a)状态操作冷藏室按钮124c和冷冻室按钮124d,第三显示部130c的显示成为图25(a)、(b)所示的状态,可以以一度刻度调节冷藏室100和冷冻室500的温度。由此,与用图24说明的温度调节同样地,可以对应于使用目的调节冷藏室100和冷冻室500的温度。另外,在该一度刻度的温度调节中,伴随着被显示的数值的增减,使设在第三显示部130c的一侧端部的标记180、185连动,也可以对应于被调节的温度地设定压缩机601的转速。In the present embodiment, the indoor temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 and the freezer compartment 500 is adjusted by the rotating speed of the compressor 601, but, as shown in FIG. The temperature adjustment of the refrigerator compartment 100 and the freezer compartment 500 is performed by increasing or decreasing the indoor temperature displayed on the third display unit 130c. Fig. 25 is a diagram showing a state in which the indoor temperature displayed by numerical value is adjusted by operating the refrigerator compartment button 124c and the freezer compartment button 124d. By operating the refrigerator compartment button 124c and the freezer compartment button 124d from the state of Figure 24 (a), the display of the third display portion 130c becomes the state shown in Figure 25 (a), (b), and the refrigerator compartment 100 and freezer compartment can be adjusted with one degree scale. Freezer 500°C temperature. Thereby, similarly to the temperature adjustment demonstrated with FIG. 24, the temperature of refrigerator compartment 100 and freezer compartment 500 can be adjusted according to the purpose of use. In addition, in the temperature adjustment of the one-degree scale, the marks 180 and 185 provided on one side end of the third display portion 130c may be linked in conjunction with the increase or decrease of the displayed numerical value to correspond to the adjusted temperature. Set the rotation speed of the compressor 601 appropriately.

在本实施例中,如图24和图25所示,仅图示着将冷藏室100的设定温度设定为从摄氏+2度到摄氏+4度,冷冻室500从摄氏-18到摄氏-16度,但是,不限定于此。在本实施例的冰箱1中,也可以在约摄氏+2度到摄氏+8度的范围中设定冷藏室100的设定温度,在从约摄氏-22到摄氏-14度的范围内设定冷冻室500的温度。特别是,冷冻室500通常设定为约摄氏-18度,但是,例如在急速冷冻运转等的想使冷却能力提高时,可以将上述冷冻室500的设定温度设定为摄氏-18度以下。因此,可以高效率地进行急速冷冻运算。另外,例如,通过将上述冷冻室500的设定温度设定为摄氏-18度以上,由于压缩机601的转速变低,可以进行冰箱1的节能运转。In this embodiment, as shown in Fig. 24 and Fig. 25, it is only illustrated that the set temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 is set from +2 degrees Celsius to +4 degrees Celsius, and the temperature of the freezer compartment 500 is from -18 degrees Celsius to +4 degrees Celsius. -16 degrees, however, is not limited to this. In the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, the set temperature of the refrigerating chamber 100 can also be set in the range of about +2 degrees Celsius to +8 degrees Celsius, and the set temperature of the refrigerator compartment 100 can be set in the range of about -22 degrees Celsius to -14 degrees Celsius. Set the temperature of the freezer 500. In particular, the freezer compartment 500 is usually set at about -18 degrees Celsius, but for example, when it is desired to increase the cooling capacity such as a quick freezing operation, the set temperature of the freezer compartment 500 can be set at -18 degrees Celsius or less. . Therefore, the rapid freezing operation can be performed efficiently. Also, for example, by setting the set temperature of the freezer compartment 500 to be -18 degrees Celsius or higher, since the rotation speed of the compressor 601 is reduced, the energy-saving operation of the refrigerator 1 can be performed.

以下,参照图26对冰箱产生故障时的显示部122的显示内容进行说明。Hereinafter, the display content of the display part 122 at the time of failure of a refrigerator is demonstrated with reference to FIG. 26. FIG.

图26表示冰箱1发生故障时的第三显示部130c的显示状态。例如,在冰箱1进行着运转时产生故障时,在第三显示部130c显示图26(a)所示那样的错误信息的同时,用电子声等进行通知。该错误信息的表示用表示故障部位的记号显示。而且,在产生了故障时,第三显示部130c的显示以图26(a)、(b)的顺序反复进行闪亮显示,直到修理故障部位,另外电子音等也与闪亮显示一起鸣叫。另外,关于电子声若将上述的语音引导设定“OFF”,则可以消除。Fig. 26 shows the display state of the third display unit 130c when the refrigerator 1 fails. For example, when a failure occurs while the refrigerator 1 is in operation, the third display unit 130c displays an error message as shown in FIG. The indication of this error message is displayed with a symbol indicating a trouble location. Moreover, when a failure occurs, the display of the third display unit 130c repeats the flashing display in the order of FIG. In addition, regarding the electronic sound, if the above-mentioned voice guidance is set to "OFF", it can be eliminated.

这样,在本实施例中,由于可以用表示故障部位的记号闪亮地显示冰箱1的故障状态的同时由电子声等进行通知,因此,可以提供可尽早知道故障状态的冰箱。In this way, in the present embodiment, since the failure status of the refrigerator 1 can be displayed with flashing marks showing the failure location and can be notified by electronic sound or the like, it is possible to provide a refrigerator that can know the failure status as early as possible.

如上所述,在本实施例中,是用第一显示部130a、第二显示部130b、第三显示部130c表示冰箱1的状态,但不限定于此,例如也可以通过操作第一按钮群123或第二按钮群124,将第一显示部130a、第二显示部130b、第三显示部130c的任何一个所显示的内容显示在显示部122整体上。由此,由于可以更大地显示冰箱1的运转状态,可以进一步提高目视性。As mentioned above, in the present embodiment, the state of the refrigerator 1 is indicated by the first display part 130a, the second display part 130b, and the third display part 130c, but it is not limited to this, for example, it can also be displayed by operating the first button group. 123 or the second button group 124 to display the content displayed on any one of the first display unit 130 a , the second display unit 130 b , and the third display unit 130 c on the entire display unit 122 . Thereby, since the operation state of the refrigerator 1 can be displayed larger, visibility can be further improved.

以下,参照图27对开闭门10和手柄部11的构成进行说明。图27是开闭门10的零件展开图,由构成开闭门10的门面的门构件10a、构成手柄部的手柄构件11a、构成开闭门10的上面的上面构件10b、构成开闭门10的下面的下面构件10c、显示冰箱1的操作及其动作状态的操作显示部120构成。Hereinafter, configurations of the opening and closing door 10 and the handle portion 11 will be described with reference to FIG. 27 . 27 is a part development view of the opening and closing door 10, which consists of a door member 10a forming the door surface of the opening and closing door 10, a handle member 11a forming the handle portion, an upper surface member 10b forming the upper surface of the opening and closing door 10, and a top surface member 10b forming the opening and closing door 10. The lower surface member 10c on the lower surface of the refrigerator 1 and the operation display part 120 for displaying the operation of the refrigerator 1 and its operating state are constituted.

手柄构件11a由树脂成形一体地成形把手部12、配置操作显示部120的平面部13、设在把手部12的周围的挂手凹部14。把手部12形成为从侧面看向前方鼓出的拱形状,构成为容易握持、容易拉的形状。平面部13形成着配置操作显示部120的凹部13a,操作显示部120在开闭门10组装后安装在凹部13a上。以下,对开闭门10的组装工序进行说明。首先,在由树脂成形一体成形的手柄构件11a上安装构成把手部12的背面构件12a和构成手柄构件11a的背面的背面构件11b,构成手柄部11。然后,将该手柄部11与构件11a、11b一起安装到门构件10a上,在门构件10a的背面上配置了未图示的配线等后,安装构成图未示的开闭门10的内壁面的内壁构件,在门构件10a和内壁构件之间发泡充填绝热材料而使门构件10a和把手部11、构件11a、11b一体化,在该一体化后,通过使操作显示部120与安装在凹部13a中的配线例如连接器等连接而将其安装在凹部13a中,形成开闭门10。通过做成这样地构造,在操作显示部120产生了破损或故障等时,由于可以从凹部13a卸下操作显示部120,操作显示部120的维护性良好。The handle member 11 a is molded from resin to integrally form the handle portion 12 , the flat surface portion 13 on which the operation display portion 120 is disposed, and the handle recess 14 provided around the handle portion 12 . The handle portion 12 is formed in an arched shape that bulges forward when viewed from the side, and is configured in a shape that is easy to hold and pull. The flat portion 13 forms a concave portion 13a in which the operation display portion 120 is disposed, and the operation display portion 120 is attached to the concave portion 13a after the door 10 is assembled. Hereinafter, the assembly process of the open-close door 10 is demonstrated. First, the handle part 11 is formed by attaching the back member 12a constituting the handle part 12 and the rear member 11b constituting the back face of the handle member 11a to the handle member 11a integrally molded by resin molding. Then, the handle portion 11 is attached to the door member 10a together with the members 11a and 11b, and wiring not shown in the figure is arranged on the back surface of the door member 10a. In the inner wall member of the wall surface, the door member 10a is integrated with the handle part 11, members 11a, 11b by foaming and filling the heat insulating material between the door member 10a and the inner wall member. The wiring in the recessed part 13a, for example, a connector, etc. are connected and attached in the recessed part 13a, and the opening-and-closing door 10 is formed. With such a structure, when the operation display unit 120 is damaged or malfunctioned, the operation display unit 120 can be detached from the concave portion 13a, and the maintainability of the operation display unit 120 is improved.

(第二实施例)(second embodiment)

图28~图30是表示本发明的第二实施例的图,图28是冰箱的外观图,图29是卸掉了门状态的冰箱的正视图,图30是操作显示部的外观图。28 to 30 are diagrams showing a second embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 28 is an external view of the refrigerator, FIG. 29 is a front view of the refrigerator with the door removed, and FIG. 30 is an external view of the operation display unit.

在图28中,1a所示的是冰箱,它由冷藏室100、蔬菜室200、上部冷冻室350、下部冷冻室450构成,该冷藏室100具有开闭门并配置在冰箱1a的最上部,该蔬菜室200具有拉出门20并配置在上述冷藏室100的下方,该上部冷冻室350并列地配置在该蔬菜室200的下方并具有拉出门35,该下部冷冻室450具有拉出门45并配置在冰箱的最下部,开闭门10在其前面具有手柄部11,该手柄部11配置着操作显示部120a,该操作显示部120a由进行冰箱1a的运转状态设定等的操作部121a和显示冰箱的运转状态等的显示部122a构成。在本实施例中,上部冷冻室350、下部冷冻室450及操作显示部120的构成与第一实施例不同,其它的部分由于与第一实施例相同,省略其说明。In Fig. 28, what 1a shows is refrigerator, and it is made of refrigerating chamber 100, vegetable chamber 200, upper part freezing chamber 350, lower part freezing chamber 450, and this refrigerating chamber 100 has opening and closing door and is arranged at the top of refrigerator 1a, The vegetable compartment 200 has a pull-out door 20 and is disposed below the refrigerating compartment 100 , the upper freezer compartment 350 is disposed side by side under the vegetable compartment 200 and has a draw-out door 35 , and the lower freezer compartment 450 has a pull-out door 45 and is disposed At the lowermost part of the refrigerator, the open-close door 10 has a handle portion 11 on its front surface, and the handle portion 11 is equipped with an operation display portion 120a. The display unit 122a for the operating state of the refrigerator and the like is constituted. In the present embodiment, the configurations of the upper freezer compartment 350, the lower freezer compartment 450, and the operation display unit 120 are different from those of the first embodiment, and other parts are the same as those of the first embodiment, and their descriptions are omitted.

上部冷冻室350是室内温度设定为约-18度的、进行制冰和其保存以及使用频率高的冰冻食品的保存的储藏室,在其室内具有通过拉出机构950与拉出门35一起向前后方向可移动的设置的上部开方的上部冷冻室收纳箱351,由该上部冷冻室收纳箱351构成上部冷冻室350的收纳空间。另外,上部冷冻室350在室内顶上面的一侧设有未图示的自动制冰装置。另外,上部冷冻室收纳箱351具有左右并列地设置着冰收纳部和食品收纳部,该冰收纳部在下方接受由自动制冰装置制的冰并保存它,该食品收纳部用于收纳冷冻食品。也可以不需要特别设置自动制冰装置,而在上部冷冻室350的上部设置搁板,在该搁板上设置制冰盘。The upper freezer compartment 350 is a storage compartment where the indoor temperature is set at about -18 degrees for ice making and its preservation as well as for the preservation of frequently used frozen foods. The upper freezer compartment storage box 351 provided with an upper opening movable in the front-rear direction constitutes the storage space of the upper freezer compartment 350 . In addition, the upper freezer compartment 350 is provided with an unillustrated automatic ice maker on the side of the ceiling. In addition, the upper freezer storage box 351 has an ice storage part and a food storage part arranged side by side. . It is also possible to provide a shelf on the upper part of the upper freezer compartment 350 without particularly installing an automatic ice maker, and to install an ice tray on the shelf.

另外,在食品收纳部中,在其底面上铺设热传导率良好的金属板,主要作为收纳需要急速冷冻或使用频率高的冷冻食品的空间。In addition, in the food storage part, a metal plate with good thermal conductivity is laid on the bottom surface, and it is mainly used as a space for storing frozen foods that require rapid freezing or are frequently used.

根据该构造,通过拉出门35,将上部冷冻室收纳箱351拉出,因此,在不大地改变姿势的情况下可以进行收纳食品的出入,并且,可以从拉出门35上卸下上部冷冻室收纳箱351对其进行清扫。另外,上部冷冻室350由于分离地设置着冰收纳部和食品收纳部,可以减轻从其它的食品向保存在冰收纳部中的冰转移臭味。According to this structure, by pulling out the door 35, the upper freezer storage box 351 is pulled out, therefore, storage food can be carried in and out without greatly changing the posture, and the upper freezer storage box can be detached from the pull-out door 35. Box 351 cleans it. In addition, since the ice storage part and the food storage part are provided separately in the upper freezer compartment 350, the transfer of odor from other foods to the ice stored in the ice storage part can be reduced.

下部冷冻室450是室内温度设定为约-18度的、主要用于收纳长期保存的冷冻食品的储藏室,在其室内具有通过拉出机构950与拉出门45一起向前后方向可移动地设置的下部的下部冷冻室收纳箱451,由该下部冷冻室收纳箱451构成下部冷冻室450的收纳空间。下部冷冻室收纳箱451由第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452和第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453构成,该第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452安装在拉出机构950a上,该第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453位于该第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452的上部,沿第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452的上缘向前后方向可移动,在关闭拉出门45的状态下,第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452和第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453在下部冷冻室450内构成密闭的收纳空间。The lower freezer compartment 450 is a storage compartment mainly used to store frozen foods for long-term storage with the indoor temperature set at about -18 degrees. The drawer mechanism 950 and the drawer door 45 are provided movably in the front and rear directions in the room. The storage space of the lower freezer compartment 450 is constituted by the lower freezer compartment storage box 451 in the lower part. The lower freezer storage box 451 is composed of a first lower freezer storage box 452 mounted on the pull-out mechanism 950a and a second lower freezer storage box 453. The compartment storage box 453 is located on the top of the first lower freezer compartment storage box 452, and can move forward and backward along the upper edge of the first lower freezer compartment storage box 452. When the pull-out door 45 is closed, the first lower compartment Freezer storage box 452 and second lower freezer storage box 453 constitute a sealed storage space in lower freezer compartment 450 .

根据该两段构造,在拉出了拉出门45的状态下,拉出第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452,再在该状态下第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453可以与拉出门45的动作连动、或沿第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452的上缘独立地运动,因此,可以提高食品的收纳效率。特别是,在本实施例中,通过在第一下部冷冻室收纳箱452中收纳使用频率少的食品,在第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453收纳使用频率比较高的食品,可以在尽量高的姿势下进行收纳在第二下部冷冻室收纳箱453中的食品的出入。According to the two-stage structure, in the state where the pull-out door 45 is pulled out, the first lower freezer storage box 452 is pulled out, and the second lower freezer storage box 453 can be linked with the action of the pull-out door 45 in this state. Moving, or independently moving along the upper edge of the first lower freezer compartment storage box 452, therefore, the storage efficiency of food can be improved. In particular, in this embodiment, by accommodating foods with low frequency of use in the first lower freezer storage box 452 and storing food with relatively high frequency of use in the second lower freezer compartment storage box 453, it can be stored at the highest possible The food stored in the second lower freezer storage box 453 is carried in and out in the posture.

在设在上部冷冻室350、下部冷冻室450的前面上的开闭门35、45上从开闭门35、45的上端部两端朝向中央以圆滑的圆弧形成着横手柄38、48,该横手柄38、48由横长的挂手部36、46和形成在该挂手部36、46下方的挂手凹部37、47构成。该开闭门35、45通过提着挂手部36、46地将其拉到跟前而被打开。On the opening and closing doors 35,45 on the front of the upper freezer compartment 350 and the lower freezer compartment 450, horizontal handles 38,48 are formed in smooth arcs from the upper ends of the open and close doors 35,45 towards the center. The horizontal handles 38 , 48 are composed of horizontally long handle portions 36 , 46 and handle recessed portions 37 , 47 formed below the handle portions 36 , 46 . The opening and closing doors 35, 45 are opened by holding the handles 36, 46 and pulling them to the front.

另外,在本实施例中,如图29所示,包括机械室602、第一冷却室660、第二冷却室670、第一冷气通路650、第二冷气通路607、第三冷气通路609。该机械室602在下部冷冻室450的后方设置在与该下部冷冻室450的内壁面相对的位置,在内部具有压缩机601。该第一冷却室660,在机械室602的上方从下部冷冻室450的后方朝向下部冷冻室450的后方设置在与该下部冷冻室450和上述上部冷冻室350的内面相对的位置上,在其内部具有第一热交换器661和第一送风风扇662。第二冷却室670在蔬菜室200的后方设在与该蔬菜室200的内壁面相对的位置上,在其内部设有第二热交换器671和第二送风风扇672。第一冷气通路650将从第一冷却室660供给的冷气供给到下部冷冻室450和上部冷冻室350。第二冷气通路607将从第二冷却室670供给的冷气供给到冷藏室100。第三冷气通路609具有使供给到冷藏室100的冷气在该冷藏室100内循环的循环风扇608。另外,对于第一冷气通路650以外的构造由于与第一实施例相同,省略其说明。In addition, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29 , it includes a machine room 602 , a first cooling room 660 , a second cooling room 670 , a first cooling air passage 650 , a second cooling air passage 607 , and a third cooling air passage 609 . The machine compartment 602 is provided behind the lower freezer compartment 450 at a position facing the inner wall surface of the lower freezer compartment 450 , and has a compressor 601 inside. The first cooling compartment 660 is disposed above the machine compartment 602 from the rear of the lower freezing compartment 450 toward the rear of the lower freezing compartment 450 at a position opposite to the inner surfaces of the lower freezing compartment 450 and the above-mentioned upper freezing compartment 350 . It has a first heat exchanger 661 and a first blower fan 662 inside. The second cooling room 670 is provided at a position facing the inner wall of the vegetable room 200 at the rear of the vegetable room 200 , and a second heat exchanger 671 and a second blower fan 672 are provided therein. The first cold air passage 650 supplies the cold air supplied from the first cooling chamber 660 to the lower freezing chamber 450 and the upper freezing chamber 350 . The second cold air passage 607 supplies the cold air supplied from the second cooling room 670 to the refrigerator room 100 . The third cold air passage 609 has a circulation fan 608 that circulates the cold air supplied to the refrigerator compartment 100 in the refrigerator compartment 100 . In addition, since the structure other than the 1st cold air passage 650 is the same as that of 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate|omitted.

第一冷气通路650形成在第一冷却室660的前面壁和上部冷冻室350的内壁面之间,并且具有上部吹出口651和下部吹出口652,将从第一冷却室660供给的冷气从上部吹出口651和下部吹出口652供给到下部冷冻室450。供给到下部冷冻室450的冷气,在冷却了下部冷冻室450后从冷气返回口653返回到第一冷却室660。另外,第一冷却通路660具有将冷气供给到上部冷冻室350的冷气通路654,由第一送风风扇662将从第一冷却室660供给的冷气导引向冷却通路654,从吹出口655将冷气供给到上部冷冻室350。供给到上部冷冻室350的冷气,在冷却了上部冷冻室350后,流入下部冷冻室450,在下部冷冻室450中循环了后,从冷气返回口653返回到第一冷却室660中。The first cold air passage 650 is formed between the front wall of the first cooling chamber 660 and the inner wall of the upper freezer compartment 350, and has an upper outlet 651 and a lower outlet 652, and passes the cold air supplied from the first cooling chamber 660 from the upper part. The air outlet 651 and the lower air outlet 652 are supplied to the lower freezer compartment 450 . The cool air supplied to the lower freezer compartment 450 returns to the first cooling compartment 660 through the cool air return port 653 after cooling the lower freezer compartment 450 . In addition, the first cooling passage 660 has a cold air passage 654 for supplying cold air to the upper freezer compartment 350, the first blower fan 662 guides the cold air supplied from the first cooling chamber 660 to the cooling passage 654, and blows the cold air from the air outlet 655 to the cooling passage 654. Cold air is supplied to the upper freezer compartment 350 . The cool air supplied to upper freezer compartment 350 flows into lower freezer compartment 450 after cooling upper freezer compartment 350 , circulates in lower freezer compartment 450 , and returns to first cooling compartment 660 through cool air return port 653 .

由于冷藏室100和蔬菜室200的冷气的流动与第一实施例的相同,省略其说明。Since the flow of cold air in the refrigerator compartment 100 and the vegetable compartment 200 is the same as that of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

这样,在本实施例中,由于设有将冷气供给到上部冷冻室350和下部冷冻室450的第一冷却室660和将冷气供给到冷藏室100的第二冷却室670,因此,可以高效率地将冷气供给到各储藏室。In this way, in this embodiment, since the first cooling chamber 660 for supplying cold air to the upper freezing chamber 350 and the lower freezing chamber 450 and the second cooling chamber 670 for supplying cold air to the refrigerating chamber 100 are provided, high efficiency can be achieved. Cool air is supplied to each storage room in a timely manner.

以下,参照图30对操作显示部120a进行说明。在图30中,操作显示部120a设在形成在把手部12的上方平面部13(参照图28)上,并且由操作冰箱1a的操作部121a和显示冰箱1a的运转状态的显示部122a构成,操作部121a和显示部122a相互并列地配置着。操作部121a如图30所示,由多个操作按钮1210、1220、1230、1240、1250构成,在本实施例中,例如作为冷却按钮1210、起动按钮1220、冷藏室按钮1230、冷冻室按钮1240、制冰按钮1250。Hereinafter, the operation display unit 120a will be described with reference to FIG. 30 . In Fig. 30, the operation display portion 120a is provided on the upper plane portion 13 (see FIG. 28 ) formed on the handle portion 12, and is composed of an operation portion 121a for operating the refrigerator 1a and a display portion 122a for displaying the operating state of the refrigerator 1a. The operation unit 121a and the display unit 122a are arranged in parallel with each other. As shown in Figure 30, the operation portion 121a is composed of a plurality of operation buttons 1210, 1220, 1230, 1240, 1250. , ice making button 1250.

显示部122a由纵长的液晶显示板构成,在本实施例中,显示部122a由第一显示部1300a和第二显示部1300b构成,显示在显示部122a上的全部内容例如如图30所示。由操作按钮1210~1250的功能和操作按钮1210~1250的操作而显示在显示部122a上的内容,由于与第一实施例的基本相同,省略其说明。The display portion 122a is composed of a vertically long liquid crystal display panel. In this embodiment, the display portion 122a is composed of a first display portion 1300a and a second display portion 1300b. All the contents displayed on the display portion 122a are, for example, as shown in FIG. . Since the functions of the operation buttons 1210 to 1250 and the contents displayed on the display unit 122a by the operation of the operation buttons 1210 to 1250 are basically the same as those in the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

根据这样的构成,由于可以将操作显示部120a(操作部121a和显示部122a)设在成为使用者视平线位置附近的手柄部11的上方,使用者可以在不大地改变姿势的情况下以与视平线接近的高度进行冰箱的操作和动作状态的确认。According to such a structure, since the operation display part 120a (operation part 121a and display part 122a) can be provided above the handle part 11 near the user's eye-level position, the user can use it without changing the posture greatly. Confirm the operation and operation status of the refrigerator at a height close to the eye level.

(第三实施例)(third embodiment)

以下,参照图31和图32,对本发明的冰箱的第三实施例进行说明。图31是表示将操作显示部配置在开闭门10的大致中央的状态的图,图32是表示开闭门10的构造的零件展开图。Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the refrigerator of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 and 32 . FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a state in which the operation display unit is disposed approximately at the center of the door 10 , and FIG. 32 is a developed view showing the structure of the door 10 .

如图31所示,在本实施例中,手柄部11a和操作显示部128独立地设置着,手柄部11a由形成在开闭门10的打开端侧的把手部12a和形成在把手部12a周围的挂手用凹部14a构成。另外,操作显示部128安装在形成在开闭门10的中央的构件127上。图31(a)是将配置着操作显示部128的构件127配置在开闭门10的中央的例子,图31(b)是将操作显示部128配置在纵长地形成的构件127的大致中央的、将构件127配置在开闭门10的大致中央的例子,图31(c)是将纵长地形成的构件127用两个构件127a、127b构成,并将操作显示部128配置在构件127a上,将两个构件127a、127b配置在开闭门10的中央的例子。由于被操作显示部120b显示的内容与第一实施例或第二实施例的相同,另外,关于开闭门10以外的构造由于与第一实施例或第二实施例的相同,因此省略其说明。As shown in Figure 31, in the present embodiment, the handle portion 11a and the operation display portion 128 are provided independently, and the handle portion 11a is formed on the handle portion 12a formed on the open end side of the opening and closing door 10 and the handle portion 12a formed around the handle portion 12a. The hanging hand constitutes with recessed portion 14a. Moreover, the operation display part 128 is attached to the member 127 formed in the center of the door 10. As shown in FIG. Fig. 31(a) is an example in which the member 127 on which the operation display unit 128 is arranged is disposed at the center of the door 10, and Fig. 31(b) is an example in which the operation display unit 128 is disposed at approximately the center of the longitudinally formed member 127. In the example of disposing the member 127 in the approximate center of the door 10, Fig. 31(c) is to make the longitudinally formed member 127 with two members 127a, 127b, and arrange the operation display part 128 on the member 127a. In the above, the example in which the two members 127a, 127b are arranged in the center of the door 10 is arranged. Since the content displayed by the operation display part 120b is the same as that of the first embodiment or the second embodiment, in addition, the structure other than the opening and closing door 10 is the same as that of the first embodiment or the second embodiment, so its description is omitted. .

以下,参照图32对开闭门10的构造进行说明,图32是图31(b)所示的开闭门10的零件展开图。在图32中,开闭门10由门构件1000、把手部12a、上面构件1010、下面构件1020、构件127、操作显示部128构成,该门构件1000构成开闭门10的门面,该把手部12a用于进行开闭门的开闭动作,该上面构件1010构成开闭门10的上面,下面构件1020构成开闭门10的下面,构件127配置在开闭门10的前面中央,操作显示部128安装在该构件127上并用于冰箱的操作及显示其操作状态。Hereinafter, the structure of the opening and closing door 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 32 , which is a component development view of the opening and closing door 10 shown in FIG. 31( b ). In Fig. 32, the opening and closing door 10 is composed of a door member 1000, a handle portion 12a, an upper member 1010, a lower member 1020, a member 127, and an operation display portion 128. The door member 1000 constitutes the door surface of the opening and closing door 10. The handle portion 12a is used for opening and closing the opening and closing door. The upper member 1010 constitutes the upper surface of the opening and closing door 10, the lower member 1020 constitutes the lower side of the opening and closing door 10, and the member 127 is arranged in the front center of the opening and closing door 10. The operation display part 128 is installed on this member 127 and is used for the operation of the refrigerator and displaying its operating status.

把手部12a构成为从侧面看向前方鼓出的拱形状,并形成为易握、易拉的形状,在把手部12a的周围形成着挂手凹部14a。另外,在构件127上形成着孔129,操作显示部128通过与该孔129嵌合而安装在构件127上。The handle portion 12a is formed in an arched shape that bulges forward when viewed from the side, and is formed in a shape that is easy to hold and pull. A handle recess 14a is formed around the handle portion 12a. In addition, a hole 129 is formed in the member 127 , and the operation display unit 128 is attached to the member 127 by fitting into the hole 129 .

以下,对该开闭门10的组装工序进行说明。首先,在门构件1000上安装把手部12a、构件127、操作显示部128。把手部12a由未图示的螺丝等安装在门构件1000上。显示部128通过将构成其表面的表面板128a与孔129嵌合而安装在构件127上,安装了显示部128的构件127通过与形成在门构件1000上的槽1030嵌合而安装在门构件1000上。构成显示部128的背面的基板128b位于形成在槽1030上的孔1040中,通过该孔1040由支承构件1050支承。在基板128b的背面上设有例如连接器等的配线(图中省略),该配线穿在形成在支承构件1050的孔1060中,与配置在门构件1000的背面上的未图示的配线等连接。Hereinafter, the assembly process of this open-close door 10 is demonstrated. First, the handle portion 12 a , the member 127 , and the operation display portion 128 are attached to the door member 1000 . The handle part 12a is attached to the door member 1000 by the screw etc. which are not shown in figure. The display part 128 is attached to the member 127 by fitting the surface plate 128a constituting its surface into the hole 129, and the member 127 to which the display part 128 is attached is fitted to the door member 1000 by fitting into the groove 1030 formed on the door member 1000. 1000 on. The substrate 128 b constituting the rear surface of the display portion 128 is positioned in the hole 1040 formed in the groove 1030 , and is supported by the supporting member 1050 through the hole 1040 . Wiring such as connectors (omitted in the figure) is provided on the back surface of the substrate 128b. Wiring and other connections.

在把手部12a及操作显示部128的安装、配线等的配置结束后,在门构件1000上安装上面构件1010和下面构件1020、以及构成上述开闭门10的内壁面的未图示的内壁构件,通过在上述门构件10a和上述内壁构件之间发泡充填隔热材料,形成开闭门10。After the installation of the handle portion 12a and the operation display portion 128, the arrangement of wiring, etc., the upper member 1010, the lower member 1020, and the inner wall (not shown) constituting the inner wall surface of the above-mentioned opening and closing door 10 are installed on the door member 1000. The opening and closing door 10 is formed by foaming and filling a heat insulating material between the above-mentioned door member 10a and the above-mentioned inner wall member.

这样,通过将操作显示部128配置在用与形成开闭门10的材料不同的材料形成的构件127上,并将该构件127设置在开闭门10的大致中央,可以强调操作显示部128的存在的同时使目视性提高。In this way, by arranging the operation display part 128 on the member 127 formed of a material different from the material forming the door 10, and disposing the member 127 in the approximate center of the door 10, the function of the operation display part 128 can be emphasized. It improves visibility while existing.

(第四实施例)(fourth embodiment)

以下,参照图33~图44对本发明的冰箱的第四实施例进行说明。Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the refrigerator of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 44 .

首先,用图33和图34说明本发明的冰箱的概略构造,图33是本发明一实施例的冰箱的正视图。图34是表示该冰箱的概略构造的纵剖视图。First, the schematic structure of the refrigerator of this invention is demonstrated using FIG. 33 and FIG. 34. FIG. 33 is a front view of the refrigerator which concerns on one embodiment of this invention. Fig. 34 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a schematic structure of the refrigerator.

冰箱本体1c由外箱2c、内箱3c、和充填在它们间的隔热材料4c形成,具有箱体状的形状。该冰箱本体1c形成着多个可收纳储藏物品的储藏室。这些储藏室从上起具有冷藏室5c、蔬菜室6c、切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c。The refrigerator body 1c is formed of an outer case 2c, an inner case 3c, and a heat insulating material 4c filled therebetween, and has a box-like shape. The main body 1c of the refrigerator forms a plurality of storage rooms that can accommodate storage items. These store rooms have a refrigerating room 5c, a vegetable room 6c, a switch room 7c, an ice making room 8c, and a freezing room 9c from above.

另外,在冷藏室5c内的底部设有冰温冷却室(以下称为冰温室)5a。In addition, an ice-cooling room (hereinafter referred to as an ice room) 5a is provided at the bottom of the refrigerating room 5c.

在这些储藏室5c~9c的前面侧设有开闭储藏室的门10e~14e。在本实施例中,在冷藏室5c的前面设有由设在冰箱的左右任一侧的支承部自由转动地支承的旋转门10e,另外,在蔬菜室6c、切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c的前面设有由导轨等自由拉出地支承的拉出门11e~14e。另外,形成冷藏室5c的旋转门10e设有在其关闭的状态下向冷藏室5c的内侧鼓出的多个槽5b。Doors 10e-14e which open and close the storage rooms are provided on the front side of these storage rooms 5c-9c. In this embodiment, a revolving door 10e rotatably supported by a supporting part provided on either side of the refrigerator is provided in front of the refrigerator compartment 5c. And the front surface of the freezer compartment 9c is provided with the drawer doors 11e-14e supported by guide rail etc. so that it can draw out freely. In addition, the revolving door 10e forming the refrigerator compartment 5c is provided with a plurality of grooves 5b that swell toward the inside of the refrigerator compartment 5c in a closed state.

冷藏室5c、蔬菜室6c、切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c之间为了减少两室间的热传递由具有隔热材料的隔热间壁15c划分。在冷藏室5c、蔬菜室6c、切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c的后方形成着配置着冷却器16c、冷却器用风扇17c的冷却器室18c。为了在该冷却器室18c和蔬菜室6c之间夹设隔热间壁15c,在蔬菜室6c的后方沿上下方向延伸设置着隔热间壁15c。The refrigerating compartment 5c, the vegetable compartment 6c, the switch compartment 7c, the ice making compartment 8c and the freezing compartment 9c are divided by a heat insulating partition wall 15c having a heat insulating material in order to reduce heat transfer between the two compartments. A cooler room 18c in which a cooler 16c and a cooler fan 17c are arranged is formed behind the refrigerator compartment 5c, the vegetable compartment 6c, the switching compartment 7c, the ice making compartment 8c, and the freezer compartment 9c. In order to interpose the heat insulation partition wall 15c between this cooler chamber 18c and the vegetable compartment 6c, the heat insulation partition wall 15c is extended in the up-down direction behind the vegetable compartment 6c.

在冷却器室18c中,在冷却器16c的上方配置着冷却器用风扇17c。在冷却器室18c的上方形成着连通冷藏室6c和该冷却器室18c的在其内部流动由冷却器16c冷却的冷气的冷气通路19c,借助通过驱动设在风扇17c的后方侧的风扇用马达20c而旋转的风扇17c而将冷气通过冷气通路19c供给到冷藏室5c。为了将冷藏室5c的温度调节为适当的范围,在该冷气通路19c中设有调节供向冷藏室5c的冷气量的风量调节挡板21c。In the cooler chamber 18c, the fan 17c for coolers is arrange|positioned above the cooler 16c. Above the cooler chamber 18c, a cold air passage 19c that communicates with the refrigerating chamber 6c and the cooler chamber 18c, in which the cold air cooled by the cooler 16c flows, is formed. The fan 17c rotated by 20c supplies cool air to the refrigerator compartment 5c through the cool air passage 19c. In order to adjust the temperature of the refrigerating room 5c to an appropriate range, the cooling air passage 19c is provided with an air flow adjustment damper 21c for adjusting the amount of cooling air supplied to the refrigerating room 5c.

另外,由冷却器16c冷却的冷气同时地从风扇17c朝向前方流出,在配置在冷却器室18c与蔬菜室6c或切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c之间的冷气通路22c中下降而流入切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c,冷却切换室7c、制冰室8c及冷冻室9c。In addition, the cold air cooled by the cooler 16c simultaneously flows out from the fan 17c toward the front, and descends in the cold air passage 22c arranged between the cooler compartment 18c and the vegetable compartment 6c or the switching compartment 7c, the ice making compartment 8c, and the freezing compartment 9c. And flow into the switching chamber 7c, the ice making chamber 8c, and the freezing chamber 9c, and cool the switching chamber 7c, the ice making chamber 8c, and the freezing chamber 9c.

为了使从冷却器室18c通过风量调节挡板21c经过冷气通路19c的冷气在通过风量调节挡板21c后在冷藏室5c的背面侧沿内箱3c的壁面上升而形成着冷气通路19c。另外,该冷气通路19c在冷藏室5c的后方分支为多个通路。该分支的冷气通路在冷藏室5c的背面两侧部沿上下延伸着。在冷藏室5c内配置着沿上下方向隔开间隔地多个配置的搁板23c,形成着上下划分冷藏室5c内的空间。该划分的空间,通过门的槽5b和搁板23c的间隙上下连通。连通由搁板23c形成的各空间和分支的冷气通路使冷气朝向冷却槽5b流出的冷气排出口沿上下形成多个。In order to make the cold air passing through the air volume adjustment damper 21c through the cold air passage 19c pass through the air volume adjustment damper 21c from the cooler chamber 18c to rise along the wall surface of the inner box 3c on the back side of the refrigerator compartment 5c, the cold air passage 19c is formed. In addition, this cool air passage 19c branches into a plurality of passages at the rear of the refrigerator compartment 5c. The branched cold air passage extends up and down on both sides of the back surface of the refrigerator compartment 5c. In the refrigerator compartment 5c, a plurality of shelf plates 23c arranged at intervals in the vertical direction are arranged, and a space in the refrigerator compartment 5c is vertically partitioned. This divided space communicates up and down through the gap between the groove 5b of the door and the shelf 23c. A plurality of cold air outlets are formed vertically to communicate with each space formed by the shelves 23c and the branched cold air passages to allow the cold air to flow out toward the cooling groove 5b.

在位于多个冷气通路之间的冷藏室5c的背面中央部配置着大致圆筒形形状的通风管道25c和用于将冷藏室5c的冷气供给到该通风管道25c的冷藏室用风扇26c。通风管道25c是纵长的,冷藏室用风扇26c配置在其下方,它们上下地延伸设置在冷藏室5c的背面中央部。A substantially cylindrical ventilation duct 25c and a refrigerator fan 26c for supplying cool air from the refrigerator compartment 5c to the ventilation duct 25c are disposed at the rear central portion of the refrigerator compartment 5c between the plurality of cool air passages. The ventilation duct 25c is vertically long, and the fan 26c for refrigerator compartments is arrange|positioned under it, and these are extended up and down in the back center part of the refrigerator compartment 5c.

冷藏室用风扇26c从设在其左右两侧的冷藏室内冷气吸入口吸入冷藏室5c的冷气,吹出的冷气供给到通风管道25c。该通风管道25c形成为中空状,在内侧流动空气,在与由冷藏室5c的各搁板23c划分的空间对应的位置沿上下设有形成着多个管道排出口,由冷藏室用风扇26c供给的冷气从该管道排出口如图2箭头所示地排出到冷藏室5c内。以从该管道排出口排出的冷气的排出速度比来自冷气排出口的冷气的排出速度大的方式设定通风管道25c、冷藏室用风扇26c及其它构成。送到冷藏室5c内的各搁板23c划分的空间中的冷气向冷藏室5c的前方流动,在经过各搁板23c的前端部时,如箭头所示地自该搁板23c和槽5b之间的间隙下降。下降的冷气如箭头所示地在冰温室5a的上面侧的搁板面的上方向冷藏室5c的后方流动,被冷藏室用风扇26c从吸入口吸入。这样,冷藏室用风扇26c及通风管道25c是使冷藏室5c内的冷气循环的机构。由该冷藏室用风扇26c及通风管道25c构成的冷藏室5c的冷气通风路不通过冷却器16c,与冷却器16c独立。另外,冷藏室用风扇26c是从前面吸入从冷藏室5c的背面两侧下部的吸入口流入的冷藏室的冷气并吹向上方的通气管道25c吹出的离心风扇。The fan 26c for a refrigerating room sucks in the cold air of the refrigerating room 5c from the refrigerating room cooling air inlet provided in the left and right sides, and supplies the blown cold air to the ventilation duct 25c. The ventilation duct 25c is formed in a hollow shape, and air flows inside, and a plurality of duct outlets are formed along the upper and lower sides corresponding to the space divided by the shelves 23c of the refrigerator compartment 5c, and are supplied by the fan 26c for the refrigerator compartment. The cold air is discharged into the refrigerating chamber 5c from the duct outlet as shown by the arrow in FIG. 2 . Ventilation duct 25c, fan 26c for a refrigerator, and other configurations are set so that the discharge speed of cold air discharged from the duct discharge port is higher than the discharge speed of cool air from the cool air discharge port. The cold air sent to the space divided by each shelf 23c in the refrigerator compartment 5c flows to the front of the refrigerator compartment 5c, and when passing through the front end of each shelf 23c, it flows from between the shelf 23c and the groove 5b as shown by the arrow. The gap between drops. The descending cold air flows toward the rear of the refrigerator compartment 5c above the shelf surface on the upper side of the ice chamber 5a as indicated by the arrow, and is sucked by the fan 26c for the refrigerator compartment through the suction port. Thus, the fan 26c for refrigerator compartments and the ventilation duct 25c are means which circulate the cold air in the refrigerator compartment 5c. The cold air ventilation path of the refrigerator compartment 5c constituted by the fan 26c for the refrigerator compartment and the ventilation duct 25c does not pass through the cooler 16c, and is independent from the cooler 16c. Refrigerator room fan 26c is a centrifugal fan that sucks cold air from the front side of the refrigerator room that flows in from lower suction inlets on both sides of the back side of refrigerator room 5c, and blows it toward upper air duct 25c.

驱动通风管道25c的马达29c配置在通风管道25c的上方,沿上下方向的轴旋转上下延伸的圆筒状通气管道25c。借助该通风管道25c的旋转改变排出口的朝向,调节从该管道排出口排出到冷藏室5c中的冷气的朝向。A motor 29c for driving the ventilation duct 25c is disposed above the ventilation duct 25c, and rotates the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c extending vertically along an axis in the vertical direction. The direction of the discharge port is changed by the rotation of the ventilation duct 25c, and the direction of the cold air discharged from the duct discharge port into the refrigerator compartment 5c is adjusted.

设在通风管道25c内的风向板30c位于与各管道排出口对应的位置例如管道排出口的正上方,横过通风管道25c内的通路,将在通风管道25c内从下方向上方流来的冷藏室内冷气的一部分将方向改变为冷藏室5c的方向地从管道排出口以快的速度容易流出。The wind direction plate 30c arranged in the ventilation duct 25c is located at a position corresponding to each duct outlet, such as directly above the duct outlet, crosses the passage in the ventilation duct 25c, and directs the refrigerated air flowing from the bottom to the top in the ventilation duct 25c. A part of indoor cold air changes direction to the direction of the refrigerator compartment 5c and easily flows out from the duct outlet at a high speed.

从吹出从冷却器室18c供给的冷气的排出口和吹出从冷藏室5c吸入的冷气的管道排出口排出到冷藏室5c内的冷气,其一部分通过冷藏室用风扇26c及通风管道25c在冷藏室5c内循环,但是,剩余的冷气内的一部分从形成在冷藏室5c的下方的与蔬菜室6c连通的开口31c流入蔬菜室6c。流入蔬菜室6c的冷气在蔬菜室6c内的容器的上方朝向冰箱前方流动,在容器的前部下降了后,经过容器的下部朝向后方流动,通过形成在蔬菜室6c内的未图示的返回开口和冷气返回通路返回到冷却室18c。The cold air discharged into the refrigerator compartment 5c from the outlet for blowing the cool air supplied from the cooler compartment 18c and the duct outlet for blowing the cool air sucked in from the refrigerator compartment 5c is partially passed through the fan 26c for the refrigerator compartment and the ventilation duct 25c in the refrigerator compartment. 5c, however, a part of the remaining cold air flows into the vegetable compartment 6c from the opening 31c formed under the refrigerator compartment 5c and communicated with the vegetable compartment 6c. The cold air flowing into the vegetable compartment 6c flows toward the front of the refrigerator above the container in the vegetable compartment 6c, and after the front portion of the container descends, it flows toward the rear through the lower part of the container, and passes through a return channel (not shown) formed in the vegetable compartment 6c. The opening and the cold air return path return to the cooling chamber 18c.

这样,冰箱内的冷气,具有:由冷却器16c冷却的冷气通过冷却器用风扇17c的旋转从冷却器室18c经过冷藏室5c或蔬菜室6c返回到冷却器室18c的循环路径;冷藏室内的冷气由冷藏室用风扇26c吸入并通过通风管道25c从冷气排出口流出到冷藏室5c内再次流入冷藏室用风扇26c的循环路径。In this way, the cold air in the refrigerator has: the cold air cooled by the cooler 16c returns to the cooler chamber 18c from the cooler chamber 18c by the rotation of the cooler fan 17c through the refrigerator chamber 5c or the vegetable chamber 6c; The cold air is sucked in by the fan 26c for a refrigerator and flows out from the outlet of the cold air through the ventilation duct 25c into the refrigerator chamber 5c and flows into the circulation path of the fan 26c for a refrigerator again.

离心风扇26c配置在通风管道25c的下方,并在冷藏室用风扇26c的左右两侧形成着冷气吸入口。在该吸入口和冷藏室用风扇26c之间形成着流入通路35c。而且,在该流入通路35c上配置着用于检测流动在该通路中的冷气的温度的温度检测装置即冷藏室温度传感器。根据冷藏室温度传感器检测的温度,判定冷藏室5c内的温度,进行由风量调节挡板21c进行的冷气流动调节。例如,当判定的温度比预定的温度高,需要冷藏室5c的冷却时,打开风量调节挡板21c。另外,当判定的温度比预定的温度低不需要冷藏室5c的冷却时,关闭风量调节挡板21c。The centrifugal fan 26c is arranged below the ventilation duct 25c, and cool air inlets are formed on the left and right sides of the fan 26c for a refrigerator. An inflow passage 35c is formed between the suction port and the fan 26c for the refrigerator compartment. Furthermore, a refrigerator compartment temperature sensor which is a temperature detecting device for detecting the temperature of the cool air flowing through the inflow path 35c is arranged. Based on the temperature detected by the refrigerating compartment temperature sensor, the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 5c is determined, and the flow of cold air is regulated by the air volume regulating damper 21c. For example, when the determined temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature and cooling of the refrigerator compartment 5c is required, the air volume adjustment damper 21c is opened. In addition, when the determined temperature is lower than a predetermined temperature and cooling of the refrigerator compartment 5c is unnecessary, the air volume adjustment damper 21c is closed.

另外,为了检测冷藏室5c内的由各搁板23c划分的储藏空间的温度,在与各搁板23c的储藏空间分别对应的高度位置且在位于搁板23c和槽5b之间的左右侧壁面上配置作为温度检测装置的方向判定传感器37c。该方向判定传感器37c检测在由搁板23c划分的储藏空间中朝向前方流动来的冷气的温度。当该冷气达到搁板23c的前端部时,冷却槽5b并在与槽5b之间的空间中朝向冰箱下方下降,朝向配置在下方的冰箱用风扇26c的冷气流入口27c和形成在冰温室5a下方的开口31c去。In addition, in order to detect the temperature of the storage space divided by each shelf 23c in the refrigerator compartment 5c, at the height positions corresponding to the storage spaces of each shelf 23c and on the left and right side wall surfaces between the shelf 23c and the groove 5b, A direction determination sensor 37c as a temperature detection means is arranged on the upper side. This direction determination sensor 37c detects the temperature of the cool air flowing forward in the storage space partitioned by the shelf 23c. When the cold air reaches the front end of the shelf 23c, it cools the groove 5b and descends toward the bottom of the refrigerator in the space between the groove 5b, toward the cold air inlet 27c of the refrigerator fan 26c disposed below and formed in the ice chamber 5a. Go below the opening 31c.

方向判定传感器37c,检测经过由搁板23c划分的储藏空间流来的冷气的温度。在储藏物载置在搁板23c的上面上时,流动的冷气与储藏物进行热交换,温度发生变化。由于方向判定传感器37c沿上下多个配置在形成冷藏室5c的左右两侧的壁面上,因此,检测流到各搁板23c上方的两侧的冷气的温度,比较两侧的温度检测左右那一侧的温度高。当被检测的高的一侧的温度比冷藏室5c的设定的温度高时,使通风管道25c转动以使使通风管道25c的冷气排出口的朝向朝向检测的温度高的侧的预定方向,然后停止转动。然后,由冰箱用风扇26c的转动将供给到通风管道25c的冷气从排出口朝向冷藏室5c的被检测温度高的一侧吹出。The direction determination sensor 37c detects the temperature of cool air flowing through the storage space partitioned by the shelf 23c. When the stored items are placed on the upper surface of the shelf 23c, the flowing cool air exchanges heat with the stored items, and the temperature changes. Since the direction determination sensors 37c are arranged vertically and vertically on the wall surfaces forming the left and right sides of the refrigerating chamber 5c, the temperature of the cold air flowing on both sides above each shelf 23c is detected, and the left and right sides are detected by comparing the temperatures on both sides. side temperature is high. When the temperature of the detected high side is higher than the set temperature of the refrigerating chamber 5c, the ventilation duct 25c is rotated so that the direction of the cold air discharge port of the ventilation duct 25c is towards the predetermined direction of the high side of the detected temperature, Then stop turning. Then, the cold air supplied to the ventilation duct 25c is blown out from the outlet toward the side of the refrigerator compartment 5c where the detected temperature is high by the rotation of the refrigerator fan 26c.

在位于冰箱的前面上部的冰箱门10e的前面部配置操作板56c,在该操作板56c上左右并置着操作开关60c及显示部70c,显示部70c形成为纵长状,操作开关60c沿显示部70c沿纵向设置多个。对于其详细构造后述。The operation panel 56c is arranged on the front portion of the refrigerator door 10e located at the front upper part of the refrigerator, and the operation switch 60c and the display part 70c are placed side by side on the operation panel 56c. The display part 70c is formed in a vertical shape, and the operation switch 60c is displayed along A plurality of portions 70c are provided in the longitudinal direction. The detailed structure thereof will be described later.

压缩机38c配置在冰箱本体1c的背面下部,形成冷冻循环的一部分并进行制冷剂的压缩。另外,控制装置39c(参照图5),其主微型计算机51c配置在冰箱本体1的背面上部,操作部微型计算机52c配置在操作面板56c的背侧。The compressor 38c is arranged on the lower rear surface of the refrigerator main body 1c, forms a part of the refrigeration cycle, and compresses the refrigerant. In addition, in the control device 39c (see FIG. 5 ), the main microcomputer 51c is arranged on the upper back of the refrigerator main body 1, and the operation unit microcomputer 52c is arranged on the back side of the operation panel 56c.

以下,参照图35和图36对压缩机38c的驱动运转进行说明。图35是表示本发明的压缩机的驱动装置的电路图,图36是表示直流电压和流通率相对于该压缩机的转速的特性图。Hereinafter, the driving operation of the compressor 38c will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36 . Fig. 35 is a circuit diagram showing a driving device for a compressor according to the present invention, and Fig. 36 is a characteristic diagram showing DC voltage and flow rate with respect to the rotational speed of the compressor.

压缩机38c具有压缩机驱动用电动机44y和压缩机构45y,该压缩机驱动用电动机44y通过变频电路42y和变换电路连接在商用电源41y上,该压缩机构45y由该电动机44y旋转来压缩制冷剂。商用电源41y在家庭用冰箱的情况下是一般家庭中的插座,通过插入冰箱侧的插头(未图示)对冰箱供电。The compressor 38c has a compressor driving motor 44y connected to a commercial power supply 41y through an inverter circuit 42y and an inverter circuit, and a compression mechanism 45y that is rotated by the motor 44y to compress refrigerant. The commercial power supply 41y is an outlet in a general household in the case of a household refrigerator, and supplies power to the refrigerator through a plug (not shown) inserted into the refrigerator side.

变频电路42y具有构成整流回路的二极管42a~42d和构成升压削波电路的电抗器42e和二极管42f及晶体管等的电源设备即开关元件42g。该整流电路将接收的交流电变换为直流电并输出到升压削波电路。该升压削波电路与整流电路的输出侧连接,由开关元件42g的开关动作和电抗器42e的储能效果强制地使输入电流流动并升高电压。被升压的直流电压供给到平滑用电容器46y,输出稳定的直流电。The frequency conversion circuit 42y has diodes 42a to 42d constituting a rectification circuit, a reactor 42e constituting a step-up clipping circuit, a diode 42f, and a switching element 42g which is a power supply device such as a transistor. The rectification circuit converts the received AC power into DC power and outputs it to the boost clipping circuit. This step-up clipping circuit is connected to the output side of the rectifier circuit, and the voltage is raised by forcibly flowing an input current due to the switching operation of the switching element 42g and the energy storage effect of the reactor 42e. The boosted DC voltage is supplied to the smoothing capacitor 46y, and a stable DC power is output.

以下,进一步具体地说明该升压动作,二极管42a侧是正极,当开关元件42g接通着时,电流以交流电源41y、二极管42a、电抗器42e、开关元件42g、二极管42d、交流电源41y的顺序流动,在电抗器42e上积蓄电磁能。这时,当断开开关元件42g时,从电抗器42e通过防止逆流用的二极管42f向平滑用电容器46y流动电流,电磁能转移到电容器46y,电容器46y的电压上升。由此,使直流阶段电压上升。Hereinafter, this step-up operation will be described in more detail. The side of the diode 42a is positive, and when the switching element 42g is turned on, the current is in the form of the AC power supply 41y, the diode 42a, the reactor 42e, the switching element 42g, the diode 42d, and the AC power supply 41y. Flowing in sequence, electromagnetic energy is accumulated in the reactor 42e. At this time, when the switching element 42g is turned off, a current flows from the reactor 42e to the smoothing capacitor 46y through the diode 42f for preventing backflow, and the electromagnetic energy is transferred to the capacitor 46y, and the voltage of the capacitor 46y rises. As a result, the DC stage voltage is increased.

在该电容器46y上连接着倒相器43y,该倒相器43y用于将直流变换为产生旋转磁场的交流。该旋转磁场用于使电动机44y旋转。该电动机44y所驱动的压缩机构45y未详细图示,它与电动机44y一起收纳在密闭容器内,主要是往复式的压缩机构。另外,也可以是回转式或涡旋式的压缩机构。An inverter 43y is connected to the capacitor 46y for converting a direct current into an alternating current for generating a rotating magnetic field. This rotating magnetic field is used to rotate the motor 44y. The compression mechanism 45y driven by the motor 44y is not shown in detail, but it is housed in an airtight container together with the motor 44y, and is mainly a reciprocating compression mechanism. In addition, a rotary type or a scroll type compression mechanism may be used.

倒相器43y是三项倒相器,作为开关元件43a~43f在本实施例中使用IGBT(绝缘栅晶体管)。在该开关元件43a~43f上分别并列地连接着环流二极管43g~431。The inverter 43y is a three-phase inverter, and IGBTs (Insulated Gate Transistors) are used as the switching elements 43a to 43f in this embodiment. Freewheeling diodes 43g to 431 are connected in parallel to the switching elements 43a to 43f, respectively.

而且,将从电容器46y供给的电流根据电动机44y的旋转位置检测的输出进行120度通流,进行各项的流通期间的流通率的控制(脉冲宽度控制),控制电动机44y的转速,以使成为设定的转速。Then, the current supplied from the capacitor 46y is passed through 120 degrees based on the output of the detection of the rotational position of the motor 44y, and the flow rate of the flow period of each item is controlled (pulse width control), and the rotation speed of the motor 44y is controlled so that it becomes set speed.

如图36所示,驱动电动机44y的电压,例如从1800到2400转/分,由RAM控制将直流电压控制为150V一定,通过在50%~100%的范围内使PWM控制的流通率可变,可以使电动机44y的转速的可变,另外,在2400转/分以上到4200转/分范围中,使PWM控制的流通率为100%一定,由RAM控制在150V~300V的范围内线性地使直流电压可变,从而使电动机44y的转速变化。As shown in Figure 36, the voltage of the drive motor 44y, for example, from 1800 to 2400 rpm, is controlled by the RAM to control the DC voltage to a constant 150V, and the flow rate of the PWM control is variable in the range of 50% to 100%. , can make the rotation speed of the motor 44y variable. In addition, in the range of 2400 rpm to 4200 rpm, the flow rate of the PWM control is 100% constant, and it is controlled linearly within the range of 150V to 300V by the RAM. The rotation speed of the motor 44y is changed by making the DC voltage variable.

在按压图39所示的急速冷冻开关63y时,为了使电动机44y的转速成为最大(例如4800转/分),由RAM控制使施加的直流电压升压,进行急速冷冻运转。When the rapid freezing switch 63y shown in FIG. 39 is pressed, the applied DC voltage is boosted by RAM control to perform a rapid freezing operation in order to maximize the rotational speed of the motor 44y (for example, 4800 rpm).

另外,当数秒钟(例如3秒钟)长时间按压图39所示的急速解冻开关62y时,禁止电动机44y的高速旋(例如4800转/分以上),控制为尽可能以低速运转,进行由RAM控制进行的节能运转。In addition, when the quick defrosting switch 62y shown in Figure 39 is pressed for a long time for a few seconds (for example, 3 seconds), the high-speed rotation (for example, more than 4800 rpm) of the motor 44y is prohibited, and it is controlled to run at a low speed as much as possible. Energy-saving operation by RAM control.

以下,参照图37说明冰箱的控制电路的构成。图37是本发明的冰箱的控制电路的构成方框图。Hereinafter, the configuration of the control circuit of the refrigerator will be described with reference to FIG. 37 . Fig. 37 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the control circuit of the refrigerator of the present invention.

控制装置39c具有控制冰箱整体的主微型计算机51c和主要控制操作部的操作部微型计算机52c。该主微型计算机51c根据来自操作部微型计算机52c的控制信号和设在冰箱上的各种传感器(例如温度传感器、方向判定传感器37c等)的检测信号等,控制箱内控制和压缩机38c的运转,控制各种冷却运转等。操作部微型计算机52c根据来自主微型计算机51c的控制信号和操作开关60y的设定信号等,控制显示部70c、语音装置80c及蜂鸣器54c等。主微型计算机51c和操作部微型计算机52c由通信相互发取信号。这样,通过将控制装置39c分离为主微型计算机51c和操作部微型计算机52c,两微型计算机51c、52c的各自的控制分担变轻,由操作部微型计算机52c可以容易地进行包含语音装置80c及蜂鸣器54c的控制在内的操作部中的控制。The control apparatus 39c has the main microcomputer 51c which controls the whole refrigerator, and the operation part microcomputer 52c which mainly controls an operation part. The main microcomputer 51c controls the internal control and the operation of the compressor 38c based on the control signal from the operating part microcomputer 52c and the detection signals of various sensors (such as a temperature sensor, a direction determination sensor 37c, etc.) provided on the refrigerator. , control various cooling operations, etc. The operation unit microcomputer 52c controls the display unit 70c, the audio device 80c, the buzzer 54c, and the like based on control signals from the main microcomputer 51c, setting signals of the operation switch 60y, and the like. The main microcomputer 51c and the operating unit microcomputer 52c send and receive signals to each other by communication. In this way, by separating the control device 39c into the main microcomputer 51c and the operation part microcomputer 52c, the respective control sharing of the two microcomputers 51c, 52c becomes light, and the operation part microcomputer 52c can easily carry out operations including the voice device 80c and the beeper. The control in the operation part including the control of the buzzer 54c.

操作开关60y用于设定产品功能,由多个操作开关61y~68y构成,与操作部微型计算机52c连接。该产品功能包括:关于储藏室冷却的运转功能;计时的定时功能;在店面等上展示时提高示教效果的示教功能;根据各种传感器的检测结果唤起注意的警报功能;为了不使小孩等戏弄操作开关60y来锁定其按钮的按钮锁定功能等。另外,显示部70c由液晶显示板构成,其液晶显示板内被划分为多个区域,用于显示设定的产品功能的内容,并与操作部微型计算机52c连接。The operation switch 60y is used for setting product functions, is composed of a plurality of operation switches 61y to 68y, and is connected to the operation unit microcomputer 52c. The functions of this product include: the operation function related to the cooling of the storage room; the timing function of the timer; The button lock function etc. which tease the operation switch 60y to lock the button of it. In addition, the display unit 70c is composed of a liquid crystal display panel, and the liquid crystal display panel is divided into a plurality of areas for displaying the contents of the set product functions, and is connected to the operation unit microcomputer 52c.

语音装置80c由语音IC81c和放大器82c、扬声器83c构成。该语音IC81c储存着被设定的语音数据。该放大器82c用于放大从该语音IC81c输出的语音数据。该扬声器83c将从该放大器82c输出的语音数据变成语音输出。由操作部微型计算机52c控制地与操作部微型计算机52c连接。另外,蜂鸣器54c是发出蜂鸣声构件,与语音装置80c独立,由操作部微型计算机52c控制地与操作部微型计算机52c连接。另外,也可以由语音装置80c发出蜂鸣声。The audio device 80c is composed of an audio IC 81c, an amplifier 82c, and a speaker 83c. The voice IC 81c stores the set voice data. The amplifier 82c is used to amplify the voice data output from the voice IC 81c. The speaker 83c turns the voice data output from the amplifier 82c into voice output. It is connected to the operation unit microcomputer 52c so as to be controlled by the operation unit microcomputer 52c. In addition, the buzzer 54c is a means for emitting a buzzing sound, is independent of the audio device 80c, and is connected to the operation unit microcomputer 52c so as to be controlled by the operation unit microcomputer 52c. Alternatively, the buzzer may be emitted by the voice device 80c.

以下,参照图38说明控制基板55c的构成。图38是本发明的控制基板部的正视图。Hereinafter, the configuration of the control board 55c will be described with reference to FIG. 38 . Fig. 38 is a front view of the control board unit of the present invention.

控制基板55在其表侧左右地并置着操作开关60y和显示部70c,在设置着显示部70c的部分的背侧安装着操作部微型计算机52c、语音IC81c、放大器82c的与IC有关的零件。由此,可以使操作基板55c的安装面积小型化。On the front side of the control board 55, the operation switch 60y and the display unit 70c are juxtaposed on the left and right, and on the back side of the part where the display unit 70c is provided, the components related to the IC of the operation unit microcomputer 52c, voice IC 81c, and amplifier 82c are mounted. . Thereby, the mounting area of the operation board 55c can be reduced in size.

操作开关60y由多个操作开关61y~68y构成。急速冷却开关61y由开关本体61a、按钮61b及发光二极管61c构成。急速解冻开关62y由开关本体62a、按钮62b及发光二极管62c构成。急速冷冻开关63y由开关本体63a、按钮63b及发光二极管63c构成。切换室设定开关64y由开关本体64a、按钮64b构成。时间设定开关65y由开关本体65a、按钮65b及发光二极管65c构成。冷藏室温度设定开关66y由开关本体66a、按钮66b构成。冷冻室温度设定开关67y由开关本体67a、按钮67b构成。制冰开关68y由开关本体68a、按钮68b构成。另外,按钮61b~68b图示在图7中。The operation switch 60y is composed of a plurality of operation switches 61y to 68y. The quick cooling switch 61y is comprised from the switch main body 61a, the button 61b, and the light emitting diode 61c. The rapid defrosting switch 62y is composed of a switch body 62a, a button 62b and a light emitting diode 62c. The rapid freezing switch 63y is composed of a switch body 63a, a button 63b, and a light emitting diode 63c. The switching room setting switch 64y is comprised from the switch main body 64a and the button 64b. The time setting switch 65y is composed of a switch body 65a, a button 65b, and a light emitting diode 65c. Refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch 66y is comprised from switch main body 66a and button 66b. The freezing compartment temperature setting switch 67y is comprised from the switch main body 67a and the button 67b. The ice making switch 68y is comprised from the switch main body 68a and the button 68b. In addition, the buttons 61b to 68b are shown in FIG. 7 .

急速冷却开关61y、急速解冻开关62y、急速冷冻开关63y、时间设定开关65y在按压其设定应该的产品功能时,按钮61b、62b、63b、65b由LED61c、62c、63c、65c发光。Rapid cooling switch 61y, rapid thawing switch 62y, rapid freezing switch 63y, time setting switch 65y are when pressing the product function that should be set by it, button 61b, 62b, 63b, 65b are luminous by LED61c, 62c, 63c, 65c.

以下,参照图39和图40说明操作板56c中的操作开关60y和显示部70c。图39是本发明的冰箱中的操作板正视图,图40是设在操作板上的显示部的放大图。Hereinafter, the operation switch 60y and the display unit 70c in the operation panel 56c will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40 . Fig. 39 is a front view of an operation panel in the refrigerator of the present invention, and Fig. 40 is an enlarged view of a display portion provided on the operation panel.

如上所述,在操作板56c上设有操作开关60y和显示部70c,通过压下构成操作开关60y的各操作开关61y~68y的按钮61b~68b。设定规定的产品功能,进行对应于设定的产品功能的控制,并进行关于设定在显示部70c的各区域的产品功能的显示。As described above, the operation switch 60y and the display unit 70c are provided on the operation panel 56c, and the buttons 61b to 68b of the operation switches 61y to 68y constituting the operation switch 60y are pressed down. A predetermined product function is set, control corresponding to the set product function is performed, and display of the product function set in each area of the display portion 70c is performed.

急速冷却开关61y使冷却冷藏室5c内的食品的风扇26c运转,急速解冻开关62y使解冻冷藏室5c内的食品的风扇26c运转,急速冷冻开关63y使压缩机38c的转速最大,冷冻冷冻室9c的食品,切换室设定开关64y进行切换室7c的不同温度带的冷却运转的设定,时间设定开关65y进行定时功能的设定和起动、复位,冷藏室温度设定开关66y用于设定冷藏室5c的温度,冷冻室温度设定开关67y用于设定冷冻室9c的温度,制冰开关68y用于切换制冰停止、制冰暂时停止、制冰运转。The rapid cooling switch 61y makes the fan 26c operation of the food in the cooling refrigerator compartment 5c, the rapid defrosting switch 62y makes the fan 26c operation of the food in the refrigerator compartment 5c, and the rapid freezing switch 63y makes the rotating speed of the compressor 38c the maximum, and the freezing freezer compartment 9c food, the switching chamber setting switch 64y carries out the setting of the cooling operation of the different temperature bands of the switching chamber 7c, the time setting switch 65y carries out the setting and starting and resetting of the timing function, and the refrigerating chamber temperature setting switch 66y is used for setting The temperature of the refrigerator compartment 5c is fixed, the freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y is used to set the temperature of the freezer compartment 9c, and the ice making switch 68y is used to switch between ice making stop, ice making temporary stop, and ice making operation.

当按压急速冷却开关61y时,设定急速冷却运转模式,显示部70c的急速冷却解冻显示部71a的整体点亮,同时冷藏室用风扇26C运转,并且,圆筒状通风管道25c旋转到由方向判定传感器37c检测出的方向,进行冷藏室5c的急速冷却运转。每当再次按压急速冷却开关61y时,冷却的部位可以顺序地将圆筒状通风管道25c的位置分别指定为左、中央、右。当再按压急速冷却开关61y时,使急速冷却运转停止。When the quick cooling switch 61y is pressed, the quick cooling operation mode is set, the whole of the quick cooling and thawing display part 71a of the display part 70c is lit, and the refrigerating room is operated with a fan 26C, and the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c is rotated to the direction The direction detected by the sensor 37c is judged, and the rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator compartment 5c is performed. Every time the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed again, the positions of cooling can be sequentially assigned to the left, center, and right positions of the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c, respectively. When the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed again, the rapid cooling operation is stopped.

另外,该急速冷却开关61y在运转时点亮LED61c的同时、兼有用于不能被小孩淘气的功能即按钮锁定功能。该按钮锁定功能,是通过数秒钟(例如3秒钟)长时间按压急速冷却开关61y设定按钮锁定模式,禁止由急速解冻开关62y进行的新的设定,由按下急速冷却开关61y的时间的长短与急速冷却运转区别。在该按钮锁定时点亮显示部70c的按钮锁定显示71b。另外,再通过数秒钟长期间按压急速冷却开关61y,解除按钮锁定功能。In addition, this rapid cooling switch 61y serves as a button lock function which is a function for preventing children from being mischievous while lighting up the LED 61c during operation. This button locking function is to press the rapid cooling switch 61y to set the button locking mode for a long time by several seconds (for example, 3 seconds), prohibiting the new setting carried out by the rapid defrosting switch 62y, by pressing the time of the rapid cooling switch 61y The length is different from the rapid cooling operation. When the button is locked, the button lock display 71b of the display unit 70c is lit. In addition, the button lock function is released by pressing the rapid cooling switch 61y for a long period of several seconds.

当按压急速解冻开关62y时,设定急速解冻运转模式,显示部70c的急速冷却解冻显示部71a点亮,同时以高速运转冷藏使用风扇26c,并且将圆筒状通风管道25c旋转到方向判定传感器37C检测出的方向,进行冷藏室5c的急速解冻运转。每当再次按压急速冷却开关61y时,以解冻的部位的顺序将圆筒状通风管道25c的位置分别指定左、中央、右。当再次按压急速冷却开关61y时,停止急速解冻运转。When the quick thawing switch 62y is pressed, the quick thawing operation mode is set, the quick cooling and thawing display part 71a of the display part 70c is lit, and the refrigeration fan 26c is used at a high speed, and the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c is rotated to the direction determination sensor. In the direction detected by 37C, the rapid defrosting operation of the refrigerator compartment 5c is performed. Every time the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed again, the positions of the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c are respectively assigned to the left, the center, and the right in the order of the thawed parts. When the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed again, the rapid defrosting operation is stopped.

另外,该急速解冻开关62y,在运转时点亮LED62c的同时还兼有RAM控制的节能运转功能。该节能运转功能,通过数秒钟(例如3秒)长时间按压急速解冻开关62y而被设定,由按下急速解冻开关62y的时间的长短进行与急速解冻运转的区别。该节能运转时,显示部70c的节能显示72b点亮。另外,通过数秒钟长时间按压急速解冻开关62y,解除节能运转功能。In addition, this rapid defrosting switch 62y also serves as an energy-saving operation function of RAM control while lighting LED 62c during operation. This energy-saving operation function is set by pressing the rapid defrost switch 62y for a long time for several seconds (for example, 3 seconds), and is distinguished from the rapid defrost operation by the length of time the rapid defrost switch 62y is pressed. During this energy-saving operation, the energy-saving display 72b of the display unit 70c is lit. In addition, the energy-saving operation function is canceled by pressing the rapid defrost switch 62y for a long time for several seconds.

当按压急速冷冻开关63y时,急速冷冻运转模式被设定,显示部70c的急速冷冻显示部73a点亮,同时电动机44y高速运转,进行急速冷冻运转。当再按压急速冷冻开关63y时,停止急速冷冻运转。When the quick freezing switch 63y is pressed, the quick freezing operation mode is set, the quick freezing display part 73a of the display part 70c lights up, and at the same time, the motor 44y is driven at high speed to perform the quick freezing operation. When the quick freezing switch 63y is pressed again, the quick freezing operation is stopped.

该急速冷冻开关63y,在运转时点亮LED63c的同时,还兼有设定语音/蜂鸣切换模式的功能。该语音/蜂鸣切换模式通过数秒钟(例如3秒)长时间按压急速冷冻开关63y来被设定,由按下急速冷冻开关63y的按下时间的长短来进行与急速冷冻运转的区别。在语音输出切断时,显示部70c的语音输出显示73b的语音侧熄灭,在蜂鸣输出断开时,语音输出显示73b的蜂鸣侧熄灭,每长时间按压急速冷冻开关63y时,切换蜂鸣/语音都输出、只输出蜂鸣、及两者都不输出的三种方式的设定。This rapid freezing switch 63y has the function of setting the voice/buzzer switching mode while lighting the LED 63c during operation. The voice/buzzer switching mode is set by pressing the quick freezing switch 63y for a long time for several seconds (for example, 3 seconds), and is distinguished from the quick freezing operation by the pressing time of the quick freezing switch 63y. When the voice output is cut off, the voice side of the voice output display 73b of the display part 70c is off, and when the buzzer output is off, the buzzer side of the voice output display 73b is off, and when the rapid freezing switch 63y is pressed for a long time, the buzzer is switched. There are three ways to set the /voice output, only the buzzer output, and neither output.

当按压切换室设定开关64y时,设定切换室运转模式,当每按压切换室设定开关64y时,进行将切换室构成为冷冻、软冷冻、微冷冻、冰温、较低温冷藏、冷藏、葡萄酒冷藏的7个温度的切换运转,同时指定并点亮切换室显示部70c的冷冻、软冷冻、微冷冻、冰温、较低温冷藏、冷藏、葡萄酒冷藏中的任何一个的切换运转显示部。When the switching room setting switch 64y is pressed, the switching room operation mode is set, and when the switching room setting switch 64y is pressed every time, the switching room is configured as freezing, soft freezing, slight freezing, ice temperature, low-temperature refrigeration, and refrigeration. , switching operation of 7 temperatures of wine refrigeration, designate and light the switching operation display portion of any one of freezing, soft freezing, slight freezing, ice temperature, lower temperature refrigeration, refrigeration, and wine refrigeration of the switching room display portion 70c at the same time .

当按压时间设定开关65y时,显示部70c的定时显示部75c点亮,并且,冷藏室显示部76c的冷藏室温度显示部76b和冷冻室显示部77c的冷冻室温度显示部77b被变更为由定时功能产生的显示。即,在按压了时间设定开关65y后,当按压冷藏室温度设定开关66y时可以设定为分,当按压冷冻室温度设定开关67y时可以设定为秒。然后,当再按压时间设定开关65y时,定时模式被设定,开始被设定的设定时间的计数。另外,在定时动作时,LED65c点亮。当再次按压定时设定开关65y时,被设定的定时被复位。When the time setting switch 65y is pressed, the timer display portion 75c of the display portion 70c lights up, and the refrigerating compartment temperature display portion 76b of the refrigerating compartment display portion 76c and the freezer compartment temperature display portion 77b of the freezer compartment display portion 77c are changed to Displays generated by timer functions. That is, after pressing the time setting switch 65y, the minute can be set when the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y is pressed, and the second can be set when the freezing compartment temperature setting switch 67y is pressed. Then, when the time setting switch 65y is pressed again, the timer mode is set, and counting of the set time is started. In addition, during timing operation, LED65c lights up. When the timing setting switch 65y is pressed again, the set timing is reset.

冷藏室温度显示部76b和冷冻室温度显示部77b为两位的7段显示方式,上下相邻地并置着,因此,在用该两者表示分和秒时可以连续地按照分和秒的顺序容易确认两者。特别是,通过上下配置定时显示部75c、冷藏室温度显示部76b和冷冻室温度显示部77b,可以格外地提高其目视性。而且,由以多段分割60秒的5秒的倍数的长度(在本实施例中为10秒)进行冷冻室温度显示部77b的秒的设定。由此,可以在短时间内进行秒的设定,可以获得良好的使用方便性。The refrigerating compartment temperature display part 76b and the freezer compartment temperature display part 77b are 7-segment display modes with two digits, and they are placed adjacently up and down. The order is easy to confirm both. In particular, by arranging the timer display part 75c, the refrigerator compartment temperature display part 76b, and the freezer compartment temperature display part 77b up and down, the visibility can be improved remarkably. And the setting of the second of the freezer compartment temperature display part 77b is performed by the length (10 seconds in this Example) of the multiple of 5 seconds divided into 60 seconds in multiple stages. Thereby, the setting of the second can be performed in a short time, and good usability can be obtained.

通过按压冷藏室温度设定开关66y,设定冷藏室温度设定模式,通过反复按压冷藏室温度设定开关66y将冷藏室5c的温度设定设定为从弱到强的5阶段,进行其设定的强度的冷却运转,同时,冷藏室设定显示76a(弱~强)的游标进行移动。如上所述,该冷藏室温度设定开关66y兼做定时的分设定开关。在冷藏室温度显示部76b上显示由温度传感器检测出的冷藏室5c的温度。By pressing the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y, the refrigerating compartment temperature setting mode is set, and by repeatedly pressing the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y, the temperature setting of the refrigerating compartment 5c is set to 5 stages from weak to strong, and the other steps are performed. At the same time as the cooling operation at the set intensity, the cursor of the refrigerator compartment setting display 76a (weak to strong) moves. As mentioned above, this refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y also serves as a sub-setting switch of the timer. The temperature of the refrigerator compartment 5c detected by the temperature sensor is displayed on the refrigerator compartment temperature display part 76b.

当反复按压冷冻室温度设定开关67y时,从强到弱的5阶段地设定冷冻室9c的温度设定,进行其设定的强度的冷却运转,并且冷冻室显示部77c的冷冻室设定显示77a(弱~强)的游标进行移动。如上所述,该冷冻室温度设定开关67y兼作定时的秒设定开关。在冷冻室温度显示部76b上显示由温度传感器检测出的冷冻室的温度。When the freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y is repeatedly pressed, the temperature setting of the freezer compartment 9c is set in five stages from strong to weak, and the cooling operation of the set intensity is carried out, and the freezer compartment setting of the freezer compartment display part 77c The cursor of the fixed display 77a (weak to strong) is moved. As mentioned above, this freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y also serves as a timer second setting switch. The temperature of the freezer compartment detected by the temperature sensor is displayed on the freezer compartment temperature display unit 76b.

通过反复按压制冰开关68y,设定制冰停止、制冰暂时停止、制冰运转,进行其设定的制冰运转的同时,切换制冰显示部78c的制冰停止显示78a、制冰暂时停止显示部78b及作为制冰运转状态的无显示。该制冰开关68y兼作制冰扫除开关,通过例如5秒钟长时间按压该制冰开关68y,可以进行制冰机的扫除。在制冰机扫除中,扫除显示78c点亮。By repeatedly pressing the ice making switch 68y, the ice making stop, the ice making temporary stop, and the ice making operation are set, and at the same time as the set ice making operation is performed, the ice making stop display 78a, the ice making temporary stop display 78c of the ice making display part 78c are switched. The display part 78b is stopped and there is no display as the ice making operation state. The ice making switch 68y also serves as an ice making and cleaning switch, and the ice maker can be cleaned by pressing the ice making switch 68y for a long time, for example, for 5 seconds. During ice machine cleaning, the cleaning display 78c is illuminated.

操作开关61y~68y以形状和大小的组合具有三种的按钮61b~68b。由此,可以由按钮61b~68b容易地识别操作开关61y~68y的种类,可以确实地进行其操作。特别是将操作开关61y~68y的三种的按钮61b~67b做成与设定急速冷却运转的按钮61b~63b和设定储藏室的温度的按钮66b、67b不同的形状,并且将设定切换室70c的不同的运转功能的按钮64b做得比其它的按钮61b~63b、66b、67b小。由此,可以容易地操作一般使用频率高的按钮61b~63b、66b、67b,同时可以降低误操作给予一般使用频率低的冷却的食品影响特大的按钮64b的可能性。另外,具体地说,按钮61b~63b为大致椭圆形状的大的按钮,按钮66b、67b为大致长方形的大的按钮,按钮64b、68b为大致长方形的小的按钮。The operation switches 61y to 68y have three types of buttons 61b to 68b in combinations of shapes and sizes. Thereby, the types of the operation switches 61y to 68y can be easily recognized from the buttons 61b to 68b, and the operations can be reliably performed. In particular, the three types of buttons 61b to 67b of the operation switches 61y to 68y are made into different shapes from the buttons 61b to 63b for setting the rapid cooling operation and the buttons 66b and 67b for setting the temperature of the storage room, and the settings are switched. The button 64b for different operation functions of the chamber 70c is made smaller than the other buttons 61b-63b, 66b, 67b. Thereby, the buttons 61b to 63b, 66b, and 67b that are generally used frequently can be easily operated, and the possibility of erroneously operating the button 64b that particularly affects the cooled food that is generally used less frequently can be reduced. In addition, specifically, the buttons 61b to 63b are large substantially elliptical buttons, the buttons 66b and 67b are large substantially rectangular buttons, and the buttons 64b and 68b are small substantially rectangular buttons.

在此,对语音装置80c的语音输出进行说明。当按压急速冷却开关61y时,显示部70c的急速冷却解冻显示71a点亮并由蜂鸣器54c输出蜂鸣声,然后,由扬声器83c输出例如“开始急速冷却。”的语音。而且在规定时间后急速冷却运转的设定结束时,由扬声器83c输出例如“急速冷却结束。”的语音。Here, the voice output of the voice device 80c will be described. When the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed, the rapid cooling and thawing display 71a of the display unit 70c lights up, the buzzer 54c outputs a buzzer, and then the speaker 83c outputs, for example, "Rapid cooling starts." Then, when the setting of the rapid cooling operation is completed after a predetermined period of time, the speaker 83c outputs, for example, "rapid cooling complete."

同样,当按压急速冷冻开关63y时,显示部70c的急速冷冻显示部73a点亮并由蜂鸣器54c输出蜂鸣声,然后,由扬声器83c输出例如“开始急速冷冻。”的语音。而且在规定时间后急速冷却运转的设定结束时,由扬声器83c输出例如“急速冷冻结束。”的语音。Similarly, when the rapid freezing switch 63y is pressed, the rapid freezing display part 73a of the display part 70c lights up, the buzzer 54c outputs a buzzer, and then the speaker 83c outputs a voice such as "Start rapid freezing." Then, when the setting of the rapid cooling operation ends after a predetermined time, the speaker 83c outputs, for example, a voice saying "quick freezing is completed."

另外,可以由切换室设定开关64切换冷冻、软冷冻、微冷冻、冰温、较低温冷藏、冷藏、葡萄酒冷藏的7个温度带,但当设定为微冷却时,在由蜂鸣54c输出蜂鸣声后,输出例如“设定为了微冷却。肉和鱼适合于其加工。由于稍微冷冻着被保存,适合于煮或烤的食品”的语音。可以通知运转功能及其具体的内容。这样,在本实施例中,具有用语音通知设定的切换室7c的运转功能及其具体的内容的功能。In addition, the 7 temperature zones of freezing, soft freezing, slight freezing, ice temperature, lower temperature refrigeration, refrigeration, and wine refrigeration can be switched by the switching chamber setting switch 64. After the beep is output, a voice such as "Set to slightly chilled. Meat and fish are suitable for processing. Since they are kept slightly frozen, they are suitable for boiled or grilled food" is output. The operation function and its specific content can be notified. In this way, in this embodiment, there is a function of notifying the operating function of the set switch chamber 7c and its specific content by voice.

在完成了操作开关的设定时,即使是在任何一种设定中,在输出了蜂鸣声后都输出对应于各设定功能的语音。When the setting of the operation switch is completed, even in any setting, a voice corresponding to each setting function is output after the buzzer is output.

以下,对示教功能进行说明。示教功能是如前所述地在店面上进行展示时提高示教效果的功能。即,顾客在购买冰箱时,在实际上大都在店铺等中由实物和产品样本来确认冰箱的规格和设计来选购冰箱。因此,为了使顾客容易明白冰箱的功能和特征而设有示教功能。该示教功能,在打开了冷藏室的门10e的状态下,通过同时数秒(例如5秒)按压例如制冰开关68y及冷冻室温度设定开关67y,确定示教模式,进行显示部70c的示教中显示79c。Hereinafter, the teaching function will be described. The teaching function is a function to improve the teaching effect when displaying on the storefront as described above. That is, when a customer purchases a refrigerator, he or she actually purchases a refrigerator by confirming the specifications and design of the refrigerator from a real product or a product sample in a store or the like. Therefore, a teaching function is provided so that customers can easily understand the functions and features of the refrigerator. In this teaching function, in the state where the door 10e of the refrigerator compartment is opened, by simultaneously pressing the ice making switch 68y and the freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y for several seconds (for example, 5 seconds), the teaching mode is determined and the display unit 70c is activated. 79c is displayed during teaching.

作为示教功能,例如在冷却前述的冷藏室5c内的食品的急速冷却运转时或将冷冻的食品放入冷藏室5c内进行解冻的急速解冻运转时,风扇26c和圆筒状通风管道25c在关闭着冷藏室门的状态下被运转,但是,这样,顾客不明白它们的是怎样地动作。因此,在设定示教功能时,即使在打开着冷藏室门10e也可以使风扇26c和圆筒状通风管道25c运转。As a teaching function, for example, during the rapid cooling operation of cooling the food in the aforementioned refrigerator compartment 5c or the rapid defrosting operation of putting frozen food in the refrigerator compartment 5c for thawing, the fan 26c and the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c are placed in the refrigerator compartment 5c. They are operated with the refrigerator door closed, but in this way, customers do not understand how they operate. Therefore, when the teaching function is set, the fan 26c and the cylindrical ventilation duct 25c can be operated even when the refrigerator compartment door 10e is opened.

在示教功能时,例如当按压冷藏室温度开关66y时,用语音输出“冰箱是急速状态。如果是啤酒到喝酒之前只需在冰箱里放置30分钟。急速解冻到切割时只需15分钟。当然,因为是双PAM所以惊人地节能。世界上第一台双PAM冰箱”这样的冰箱所具有的功能或特征的广告。When teaching the function, for example, when the temperature switch 66y of the refrigerator is pressed, the voice output "refrigerator is in rapid state. If it is beer, it only needs to be placed in the refrigerator for 30 minutes before drinking. It only takes 15 minutes from rapid defrosting to cutting. Of course, it is amazingly energy-efficient because it is dual-PAM. Advertisement of the functions or features of such a refrigerator as the world's first dual-PAM refrigerator.

该示教功能考虑到大都在噪音80dB左右的大场所使用,用操作基板55c的操作部微型计算机52c确认示教功能状态,用放大器82c比通常使用时更加放大语音信号来加大音量。另外,在杂音比较小的场所使用时,示教功能时的语音量,通过例如以设定的时间(例如3秒)长时间按压急速冷冻开关63y,可以将音量形成为通常使用时的水平,通过再次长时间按压按钮,可以使音量成为高水平。Considering that the teaching function is mostly used in a large place with a noise of about 80dB, the state of the teaching function is confirmed by the operation unit microcomputer 52c of the operation board 55c, and the audio signal is amplified by the amplifier 82c to increase the volume. In addition, when using in a place where the noise is relatively small, the volume of the voice during the teaching function can be set to the level of normal use by pressing the rapid freezing switch 63y for a long time, for example, for a set time (for example, 3 seconds). By pressing the button again for a long time, the volume can be set to a high level.

另外,在示教功能时,显示部70c的切换室显示部74c例如以1秒为周期地使冷冻、软冷冻、微冷冻、冰温、较低温冷藏、冷藏、葡萄酒冷藏显示闪亮,吸引顾客注目。这时,在设定为切换室设定开关64y的切换室时,该设定的切换室显示规定时间点亮,同时由扬声器83c以语音输出其设定的切换室的功能,而且,在经过规定时间后再周期地使显示闪亮。由此,可以更加提高示教效果。In addition, during the teaching function, the switching room display part 74c of the display part 70c flashes the display of freezing, soft freezing, slight freezing, ice temperature, low-temperature refrigeration, refrigeration, and wine refrigeration in a period of 1 second, for example, to attract customers. Attention. At this time, when it is set as the switch room of the switch room setting switch 64y, the set switch room display lights up for a predetermined time, and at the same time, the function of the set switch room is output by voice from the speaker 83c. After the specified time, the display will be blinked periodically. Thereby, the teaching effect can be further improved.

当长时间按压急速冷冻开关63y时,在示教功能时,如上所述,语音的音量可以变化,但在通常使用时可以设定语音输出的ON、0FF。但是,由于示教功能是用于对顾客说明产品的功能,在示教功能时设定为即使进行上述操作语音输出也不成为OFF。由此,可以防止在示教功能时误将语音输出OFF。When the rapid freezing switch 63y is pressed for a long time, the voice volume can be changed as described above in the teaching function, but in normal use, ON and OFF of the voice output can be set. However, since the teaching function is a function for explaining the product to the customer, it is set so that it does not turn OFF even if the above-mentioned operation voice output is performed during the teaching function. This prevents the voice output from being turned off by mistake during the teaching function.

同样地,在长时间按压急速冷却开关61y时,设定着进行按钮锁定的按钮锁定功能,以使即使小孩摆弄开关也不会改变室内状态,但是在示教功能时设定为即使进行上述操作也不成为按钮锁定。由此,可以防止在示教功能时误进行按钮锁定。Similarly, when the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed for a long time, the button lock function of button lock is set so that even if a child fiddles with the switch, the indoor state will not be changed. Nor does it become a button lock. In this way, it is possible to prevent button locks from being erroneously performed during the teaching function.

上述示教功能,在过去通过使设置在冰箱背面上的控制基板所设定的销短路来切换示教功能的。为了短路该销必须准备专用连接器,另外,在销售展示在店面上的冰箱时,有时发生忘了卸掉该专用连接器,而引起在顾客家中不正常工作的情况。因此,上述那样地通过利用操作面板56内的操作基板55的开关设定示教功能,可以不用过去的专用连接器。The above-mentioned teaching function has conventionally been switched by short-circuiting the pins set on the control board provided on the back of the refrigerator. In order to short-circuit this pin, it is necessary to prepare a special connector. In addition, when selling a refrigerator displayed on the storefront, it sometimes happens that the special connector is forgotten to be removed, which causes abnormal operation in the customer's home. Therefore, by setting the teaching function using the switch of the operation board 55 in the operation panel 56 as described above, the conventional dedicated connector can be eliminated.

另外,在商店等中,在设定为示教功能等状态下,在闭店后大都切断冰箱的电源。在这种情况下,在次日必须再次设定示教功能。因此在一次设定为示教功能时,即使切断冰箱的电源也将示教功能状态储存在不挥发性储存器的储存部53c中,即使再次接通电源,也可以成为示教功能地在操作基板55c内储存冰箱的状态。In addition, in a store or the like, in a state where the teaching function is set, etc., the refrigerator is often turned off after the store is closed. In this case, the teach function must be set again the next day. Therefore, when the teaching function is set once, even if the power of the refrigerator is cut off, the state of the teaching function will be stored in the storage part 53c of the non-volatile memory, and even if the power is turned on again, it can be operated as the teaching function. The state of the refrigerator is stored in the base plate 55c.

但是,当在设定为示教功能的状态下销售时,由于顾客即使为了进行通常运转而接上冰箱的电源也不进行正常工作,因此,当在设定为示教功能的状态下接通冰箱的电源时,在由蜂鸣器54c以规定时间(例如10秒)输出了蜂鸣声后,以语音进行例如“设定在了示教功能。”的语音输出。另外,将示教中显示79c显示在显示部70c上。由此,即使假如在设定了示教功能的状态下被销售,在顾客接通冰箱的电源时,也可以通知设定在示教功能的状态。另外,示教功能的解除可以由再次进行与设定相同的动作进行。However, when the refrigerator is sold with the teaching function set, the refrigerator will not work normally even if the customer connects it to the refrigerator for normal operation. When the refrigerator is powered on, the buzzer 54c outputs a buzzer for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), and then outputs a voice, for example, "The teaching function is set." In addition, a teaching-in-progress display 79c is displayed on the display unit 70c. Thereby, even if it is sold with the teaching function set, when the customer turns on the power of the refrigerator, it is possible to notify the state of setting the teaching function. In addition, the cancellation of the teaching function can be performed by performing the same operation as the setting again.

以下,对警报功能进行说明。如前所述,警报功能是根据各种传感器的检测结果等唤起注意等的功能,例如,在忘了关闭门时或发生故障时等情况下由蜂鸣声或语音发出警报。Next, the alarm function will be described. As mentioned above, the alarm function is a function to call attention based on the detection results of various sensors. For example, when a door is forgotten to be closed or a malfunction occurs, an alarm is issued by a buzzer or voice.

另外,在产生了冰箱压缩机噪声时,在过去不能简单地知道以怎样的压缩机转速发出噪声。因此,在本实施例中,利用冷藏室温度显示部76b和冷冻室温度显示部77b的7个段可以表示现在运转着的压缩机的转速或与转速配合的文字或数字。作为其显示方法,利用操作基板55的开关,通过同时数秒钟按压例如冷藏室设定开关86c和冷冻室设定开关87c可以进行显示。另外,该操作由于在发生故障时由维修服务人员来进行,因此,为了即使顾客误进行该操作也不显示压缩机转速,例如设定为在打开冰箱的冷藏室门10e的状态下进行上述的开关操作时显示压缩机转速。In addition, when refrigerator compressor noise is generated, it has not been possible to easily know at what compressor rotation speed the noise is generated in the past. Therefore, in this embodiment, the 7 segments of the refrigerating compartment temperature display part 76b and the freezing compartment temperature display part 77b can represent the rotational speed of the compressor currently in operation or the characters or numbers matched with the rotational speed. As a method of displaying it, it can be displayed by simultaneously pressing, for example, the refrigerating compartment setting switch 86c and the freezing compartment setting switch 87c for a few seconds using the switches of the operation board 55 . In addition, since this operation is performed by maintenance service personnel when a failure occurs, in order not to display the compressor rotation speed even if the customer performs this operation by mistake, for example, it is set to perform the above-mentioned operation with the refrigerating compartment door 10e of the refrigerator open. The compressor speed is displayed when the switch is operated.

以下,参照图41~图44对操作部微型计算机52c的基本的控制动作进行说明。图41~图44是本发明的冰箱中的控制部微型计算机的动作流程图。Hereinafter, the basic control operation of the operating unit microcomputer 52c will be described with reference to FIGS. 41 to 44 . 41 to 44 are flow charts of the operation of the control unit microcomputer in the refrigerator of the present invention.

当接上了冰箱的电源时,显示部70c的LCD进行约30秒钟全点亮动作(步骤110c),判定急速冷却开关61y是否被按压(步骤120c)。在该判定中,判定为未按压着急速冷却开关61y时进入步骤130c,在压着时判断是否是长时间按压了急速冷却开关61y(步骤121c)。在该判定中未长时间按压着时,急速冷却运转模式进行动作(步骤122c)。该急速冷却运转模式的动作,在设定时,与设定急速冷却运转功能同时,点亮急速冷冻解冻显示71a,再与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出,在经过规定时间后,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出的同时,熄灭急速冷冻解冻显示71a。When the refrigerator is turned on, the LCD of the display unit 70c is fully lit for about 30 seconds (step 110c), and it is determined whether the rapid cooling switch 61y is pressed (step 120c). In this determination, if it is determined that the rapid cooling switch 61y is not pressed, the process proceeds to step 130c, and it is determined whether the rapid cooling switch 61y was pressed for a long time during pressing (step 121c). If it is not pressed for a long time in this determination, the rapid cooling operation mode is activated (step 122c). The action of this rapid cooling operation mode, when setting, at the same time as setting the rapid cooling operation function, light the rapid freezing and thawing display 71a, and then output the voice in conjunction with the output of the buzzer, and after a predetermined time, Simultaneously with the output of the buzzer sound, the rapid freezing and thawing display 71a is turned off.

在步骤121c中长时间地按压着时,在按钮锁定模式动作了后(步骤123c),进入步骤130c。该按钮锁定模式,在显示按钮锁定显示71b的同时禁止由急速冷冻开关63y进行新的设定,同时与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。When the button is pressed for a long time in step 121c, the button lock mode is activated (step 123c), and the process proceeds to step 130c. In this button lock mode, while the button lock display 71b is displayed, new settings are prohibited by the rapid freezing switch 63y, and the output of a voice is performed in conjunction with the output of the buzzer sound.

在步骤130c中,判定是否按压了急速解冷冻开关62y,在未按压急速解冷冻开关62y时,进入步骤140c,在按压着时判定是否长时间按压了急速解冷冻开关62y(步骤131c)。在该判定中未长时间按压着时,使急速解冻运转模式动作(步骤132c)。该急速解冻运转模式的动作,在设定时,在设定急速解冻运转功能的同时,点亮急速冷冻解冻显示71a,再与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出,在经过规定时间后,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出的同时,熄灭急速冷冻解冻显示71a。In step 130c, it is determined whether the quick thawing switch 62y is pressed, and when the quick thawing switch 62y is not pressed, the step 140c is entered, and it is judged whether the quick thawing switch 62y has been pressed for a long time (step 131c) when pressed. If it is not pressed for a long time in this determination, the rapid defrosting operation mode is activated (step 132c). The action of this rapid defrosting operation mode, when setting, while setting the rapid defrosting operation function, light the rapid freezing and defrosting display 71a, and then output the voice in connection with the output of the buzzer, after a predetermined time , simultaneously with the output of the buzzer sound, the rapid freezing and thawing display 71a is turned off.

在步骤131c中长时间按压着时,使节能运转模式动作(步骤133c),然后,进入步骤140c。该节能运转模式在显示节能显示72b的同时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。When pressing for a long time in step 131c, the energy-saving operation mode is activated (step 133c), and then, it goes to step 140c. In this energy-saving operation mode, the energy-saving display 72b is displayed, and the output of the sound is performed in conjunction with the output of the buzzer.

在步骤140c中判定是否按压了急速冷冻开关63y,在未按压急速冷冻开关63y时,进入步骤150c,在按压着时判定是否长时间按压了急速解冷冻开关63y(步骤141c)。在该判定中未长时间按压着时,使急速冷冻运转模式动作(步骤142c)。该急速冷冻运转模式的动作,在设定时,在设定急速冷冻运转功能的同时,点亮急速冷冻显示73a,再与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出,在经过规定时间后,熄灭急速冷冻显示73a。In step 140c, it is judged whether the quick freezing switch 63y is pressed, and when the quick freezing switch 63y is not pressed, it proceeds to step 150c, and it is judged whether the quick thawing switch 63y has been pressed for a long time when pressed (step 141c). If it is not pressed for a long time in this determination, the rapid freezing operation mode is activated (step 142c). The action of this rapid freezing operation mode, when setting, at the same time as setting the rapid freezing operation function, light the rapid freezing display 73a, and then output the voice in conjunction with the output of the buzzer, and after a predetermined time, Turn off the blast freeze display 73a.

在步骤141c中长时间地按压着时,在语音/蜂鸣声切换模式动作了后(步骤143c),进入步骤140c。该语音/蜂鸣声切换模式,如前所述,每当长期按压急速冷冻开关63y时,切换语音/蜂鸣声都输出、只输出蜂鸣声、两者都不输出的三种方式的设定。When pressing for a long time in step 141c, after the voice/buzzer switching mode is activated (step 143c), the process proceeds to step 140c. This voice/buzzer switching mode, as previously mentioned, whenever the rapid freezing switch 63y is pressed for a long time, the switching voice/buzzer is all output, only the buzzer is output, and both are not output. Certainly.

在步骤150c中判定是否按压了切换室设定开关64y,在未按压切换室设定开关64y时,进入步骤160c,在按压着时使切换室运转模式动作(步骤151c),进入步骤160c。该切换室设定运转模式的动作,在每次按压切换室设定开关64y时,将进行将切换室7c切换为冷冻、软冷冻、微冷冻、冰温、较低温冷藏、冷藏、葡萄酒冷藏的7种温度带的运转的同时,在其设定时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出,熄灭设定的切换室显示部74c。In step 150c, it is determined whether the switching chamber setting switch 64y is pressed, and when the switching chamber setting switch 64y is not pressed, it proceeds to step 160c, and when pressed, the switching chamber operation mode is activated (step 151c), and then it proceeds to step 160c. The action of switching the chamber setting operation mode, every time the switching chamber setting switch 64y is pressed, the switching chamber 7c will be switched to freezing, soft freezing, slight freezing, ice temperature, lower temperature refrigeration, refrigeration, wine refrigeration. Simultaneously with the operation of the seven temperature zones, at the time of setting, voice output is performed in conjunction with the output of the buzzer sound, and the set switching room display part 74c is turned off.

在步骤160c中,进行冷藏室5c及冷冻室9c的温度显示,该温度显示,通过由温度传感器检测冷藏室5c及冷冻室9c的温度,从主微型计算机51c接收其温度数据,显示在冷藏室温度显示部76b及冷冻室温度显示部77b上。In step 160c, the temperature display of the refrigerator compartment 5c and the freezer compartment 9c is carried out. The temperature display detects the temperature of the refrigerator compartment 5c and the freezer compartment 9c by the temperature sensor, receives the temperature data from the main microcomputer 51c, and displays them in the refrigerator compartment. On the temperature display part 76b and the freezer compartment temperature display part 77b.

接着,在步骤161c中判定是否按压了冷藏室温度设定开关66y,在未按压着时进入步骤163c,在按压着时使冷藏室温度设定模式动作(步骤162c)。该冷藏室温度设定模式的动作,在每次按压冷藏室温度设定开关66y时,5级地切换设定冷藏室5c的冷却强度的同时,点亮设定的冷藏室设定显示76a,在其设定时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。Next, in step 161c, it is determined whether the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y has been pressed, and if not pressed, it proceeds to step 163c, and when pressed, the refrigerating compartment temperature setting mode is activated (step 162c). In this refrigerating compartment temperature setting mode, each time the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch 66y is pressed, the cooling intensity of the refrigerating compartment 5c is switched and set in five steps, and the set refrigerating compartment setting display 76a is illuminated. When it is set, the output of the voice is performed in conjunction with the output of the buzzer.

接着,在步骤163c中判定是否按压了冷冻室温度设定开关67y,在未按压着时进入步骤170c,在按压着时使冷冻室温度设定模式动作(步骤164c)。该冷冻室温度设定模式的动作,在每次按压冷藏室温度设定开关66y时,5级地切换设定冷藏室5c的冷却强度的同时,点亮设定的冷冻室设定显示77a,在其设定时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。Next, in step 163c, it is determined whether the freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y has been pressed, and if not pressed, it proceeds to step 170c, and when pressed, the freezer compartment temperature setting mode is activated (step 164c). In this freezer compartment temperature setting mode operation, each time the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch 66y is pressed, the cooling intensity of the refrigerator compartment 5c is switched and set in five stages, and the set freezer compartment setting display 77a is illuminated. When it is set, the output of the voice is performed in conjunction with the output of the buzzer.

接着,在步骤170c中判定是否按压着定时器设定开关65y,在未按压着定时器设定开关65y时,进入步骤180c,在按压着时,判定在其后的规定时间内是否按压着冷藏室温度设定开关66y或冷冻室温度设定开关67y(步骤171c)。在该判定中未按压着时进入步骤180c,在未按压着时,判定是否在其后的规定的时间内再次按压了定时器设定开关65y(步骤172c)。在该判定中未按压着时,进入步骤180c,在按压着时使定时器时间模式动作。Then, in step 170c, it is judged whether the timer setting switch 65y is being pressed. When the timer setting switch 65y is not being pressed, the process proceeds to step 180c. The compartment temperature setting switch 66y or the freezer compartment temperature setting switch 67y (step 171c). If it is not pressed in this determination, it proceeds to step 180c, and if it is not pressed, it is determined whether or not the timer setting switch 65y is pressed again within a predetermined time thereafter (step 172c). If it is not pressed in this determination, the process proceeds to step 180c, and the timer time mode is activated when pressed.

接着,在步骤180c中判定是否按压了制冰开关68y,在未按压着制冰开关68y时,进入步骤190c,在按压着时判断是否长时间按压了制冰开关68y(步骤181c)。在该判定中未长时间按压着时,使制冰运转模式动作(步骤182c),进入步骤190c。该制冰运转模式的动作,每当按压制冰开关68y时,设定制冰、制冰暂时停止、制冰停止的各运转,点亮制冰显示部78e的设定区域,在其设定时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。Next, in step 180c, it is determined whether the ice making switch 68y has been pressed, and if the ice making switch 68y is not pressed, the process proceeds to step 190c, and it is judged whether the ice making switch 68y has been pressed for a long time (step 181c). If it is not pressed for a long time in this determination, the ice making operation mode is activated (step 182c), and the process proceeds to step 190c. The action of this ice making operation mode is to set each operation of ice making, ice making temporary stop, and ice making stop every time the ice making switch 68y is pressed, light the setting area of the ice making display part 78e, and set At this time, the output of the voice is connected with the output of the buzzer.

在步骤181c中长时间按压着时,使扫除模式动作(步骤183c),然后进入步骤190c,该扫除模式在点亮扫除显示78c的同时,与蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。另外,在经过了规定时间后与扫除结束了的蜂鸣声的输出相连地进行语音的输出。When pressed for a long time in step 181c, the sweeping mode is activated (step 183c), and then enters step 190c, where the sweeping mode outputs voice in conjunction with the output of the buzzer while lighting the sweeping display 78c. In addition, after a predetermined time has elapsed, the output of a voice is performed consecutively with the output of the beep that the cleaning has been completed.

接着,在步骤190c中,判断是否成为示教设定条件,在未成为时,进入步骤200c,在成为时,使示教模式动作(步骤191c)。对于该示教模式中的示教功能由于在前面进行了详细说明,因此省略其说明。Next, in step 190c, it is judged whether or not the teaching setting condition is met, and if not, the process proceeds to step 200c, and if yes, the teaching mode is activated (step 191c). The teaching function in this teaching mode has been described in detail above, so its description is omitted.

接着,在步骤200c中判定电源是否断开,直到电源断开为止反复进行上述的动作。Next, in step 200c, it is determined whether or not the power is turned off, and the above-mentioned operation is repeated until the power is turned off.

根据本实施例,具有根据配置在冰箱门10e的前面部的多个操作开关60y的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转及语音装置80c的控制装置39c的同时,做成为将关于由操作开关60y设定各运转功能的内容用扬声器83c语音报告地进行控制的语音控制装置,因此,可以从冰箱离开的地方以语音确认冰箱的使用者所设定的运转功能的内容,例如,可以在设定后立刻一边进行接下来的别的动作一边用语音进行确认,由此,可显著地提高使用方便性。According to the present embodiment, while having the control device 39c for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the voice device 80c according to the setting of the plurality of operation switches 60y arranged on the front portion of the refrigerator door 10e, it is made to set the operation switch 60y. The content of each operating function is controlled by a voice report from the speaker 83c. Therefore, the content of the operating function set by the user of the refrigerator can be confirmed by voice from a place away from the refrigerator. Confirmation by voice while carrying out another next operation can significantly improve usability.

另外,由于具有配置在冰箱门10e的前面部且显示多个运转功能的显示部70c的同时,做成为语音控制装置的同时做成为显示控制装置。上述语音控制装置所进行的控制使得用语音报告具体地说明由操作开关60y设定的各运转功能的语音内容。该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得由显示部70c显示与各运转功能相对应的显示内容。因此,在可用扬声器83c产生的语音确认使用者所设定的各运转功能的同时,可以用显示部70c的显示经常地进行确认,由此,可更进一步地提高使用的方便性。Moreover, since it has the display part 70c which is arrange|positioned at the front part of refrigerator door 10e and displays several operation functions, it can be made into a display control device at the same time as a voice control device. The control performed by the above-mentioned voice control device is such that the voice content of each operation function set by the operation switch 60y is explained concretely by a voice report. This display control device controls so that the display content corresponding to each operation function is displayed on the display part 70c. Therefore, each operation function set by the user can be confirmed by the voice generated by the speaker 83c, and can be constantly confirmed by the display of the display unit 70c, thereby further improving the convenience of use.

另外,由于具有在设定时进行各运转功能开始的内容的语音报告的同时、在从其设定经过规定时间后进行各运转功能结束了内容的语音报告的语音控制装置。因此,不仅在设定时而且在结束时都可用语音确定使用者设定了的运转功能,例如在急速解冻运转时,可以确认食品的解冻结束了的情况,可以立刻开始其食品的料理等,由此,可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, there is a voice control device for performing a voice notification of the start of each operation function at the time of setting, and a voice notification of the completion of each operation function after a predetermined time has elapsed from the setting. Therefore, the operation function set by the user can be confirmed by voice not only at the time of setting but also at the end. Thereby, the convenience of use can be further improved.

而且,在具有切换为包含从许多的温度带的冷藏运转到冷冻运转的运转功能进行冷却的切换室,并且在控制装置39c中具有显示控制装置和语音控制装置,该显示控制装置进行如下的控制,即在显示部70c的许多区域表示该切换室的许多运转功能的内容,该语音控制装置控制为用语音报告具体地说明设定了的各运转功能的语音内容,因此,可以容易地确认特别复杂的切换室的运转功能,由此,可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, there is a switching room for cooling by switching the operation function from refrigeration operation to freezing operation including many temperature ranges, and the control device 39c includes a display control device and a voice control device, and the display control device performs the following control: That is, the content of many operating functions of the switching room is displayed in many areas of the display portion 70c, and the voice control device is controlled to use a voice report to specifically explain the voice content of each operating function that is set. The operation function of the complex switch chamber, thus, the convenience of use can be further improved.

另外,具有由蜂鸣声进行报告的蜂鸣器54,做成为控制装置39c,该控制装置39c具有蜂鸣器控制装置,该蜂鸣器控制装置以先于语音报告地进行蜂鸣声报告的方式进行控制。因此,在听到蜂鸣声后可以注意地确认由语音报告着的运转功能,由此,可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, there is a buzzer 54 for reporting by buzzing, and it is made into a control device 39c, and this control device 39c has a buzzer control device that performs a buzzer report prior to a voice report. way to control. Therefore, it is possible to carefully confirm the operating function announced by the voice after hearing the buzzer sound, thereby further improving the convenience of use.

另外,由于构成着语音控制装置,该语音控制装置接通断开地控制语音报告关于被设定的各运转功能的内容,在不需要语音报告时可以切断语音装置80c,由此,可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, since the voice control device is constituted, the voice control device is turned on and off to control the voice report about the contents of each set operation function, and the voice device 80c can be cut off when the voice report is not needed, thereby further Improve the convenience of use.

另外,以同一操作开关60y的按下时间的长短选择语音报告设定和运转功能设定,由于构成着进行控制使得用扬声器83c进行语音报告、而且在设定语音报告时切断或连通语音报告的语音控制装置,因此,用使用同一开关60y的简单的构造,可以切换语音报告的设定和运转功能的设定而且可控制语音报告的ON、OFF,由此,在成本低的同时可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, the setting of the voice report and the setting of the operation function are selected according to the pressing time of the same operation switch 60y, because the voice report is controlled by the speaker 83c, and the voice report is cut off or connected when the voice report is set. Voice control device, therefore, with the simple structure of using the same switch 60y, the setting of the voice report and the setting of the operation function can be switched and the ON and OFF of the voice report can be controlled, thus, the cost can be further improved while the cost is low Improve the convenience of use.

而且,由于构成着语音蜂鸣器控制装置,该语音蜂鸣器控制装置所进行的控制使得根据设定语音报告和蜂鸣声报告的同一操作开关60y的按下的次数选择语音报告及蜂鸣声报告的0N、OFF。因此,可以以简单的构造单独地选择或组合地选择语音报告和蜂鸣声报告。由此,可以降低成本并可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。And, since the voice buzzer control device is constituted, the control performed by the voice buzzer control device makes the selection of the voice report and the buzzer according to the number of pressings of the same operation switch 60y which sets the voice report and the buzzer report. ON and OFF of sound report. Therefore, the voice report and the beep report can be selected individually or in combination with a simple configuration. Thereby, the cost can be reduced and the convenience of use can be further improved.

另外,由于由控制冰箱的冷却运转的主微型计算机51c和控制显示部70c和语音装置80c的操作部微型计算机52c构成控制装置39c,可以将显示部70c和语音装置80c的控制分担为操作部微型计算机,可以进行复杂的显示的语音报告的控制,由此,可以更加进一步提高使用的方便性。In addition, since the control device 39c is composed of the main microcomputer 51c for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the operation part microcomputer 52c for controlling the display part 70c and the voice device 80c, the control of the display part 70c and the voice device 80c can be shared as an operation part microcomputer. The computer can control complex display and voice reports, thereby further improving the convenience of use.

另外,在将操作开关60y和显示部70c搭载于操作基板前面侧的同时,将构成语音装置80c的语音合成IC81c和操作部微型计算机52c搭载于操作基板55c的显示部70c的相反侧,因此可以有效地利用不需要印刷电路配线连接部分的显示部70c的相反侧的空间,可以使操作基板55c小型化。In addition, since the operation switch 60y and the display unit 70c are mounted on the front side of the operation board, the speech synthesis IC 81c constituting the speech device 80c and the operation unit microcomputer 52c are mounted on the opposite side of the operation board 55c to the display unit 70c, so that The operation board 55c can be miniaturized by effectively utilizing the space on the opposite side of the display portion 70c, which does not require a printed circuit wiring connection portion.

而且,由于具有操作开关60y、语音装置80c、控制装置39c,该操作开关60y配置在冰箱门10e的前面部并用于设定示教功能,该语音装置具有用语音报告示教功能的扬声器83c,该控制装置39c根据操作开关60y的设定控制语音装置80c,做成所进行的控制使得在设定了示教功能时语音报告示教功能的内容的语音控制装置,因此,即使在从冰箱离开的位置也可以将关于示教功能的内容通知给顾客等,由此可以显著提高店面等中的示教效果。And, owing to have operation switch 60y, voice device 80c, control device 39c, this operation switch 60y is arranged on the front part of refrigerator door 10e and is used for setting teaching function, and this voice device has the loudspeaker 83c that reports teaching function with voice, This control device 39c controls the voice device 80c according to the setting of the operation switch 60y, and makes a voice control device that performs control so that when the teaching function is set, the content of the teaching function is reported by voice. It is also possible to notify customers, etc. about the content of the teaching function at the location of the store, thereby significantly improving the teaching effect in stores and the like.

另外,由于具有配置在冰箱门10e的前面部且显示示教功能的70c,做成为其控制使得显示部70c显示被设定的示教功能的显示内容的显示控制装置,并构成着其控制使得扬声器83c语音报告关于被设定的示教功能的语音控制装置,因此可以并用关于示教功能的显示内容和语音内容地进行示教,由此可以进一步提高店面等中的示教效果。In addition, since there is 70c which is arranged on the front part of the refrigerator door 10e and displays the teaching function, it is made as a display control device for controlling the display part 70c to display the display content of the set teaching function, and its control is configured so that The speaker 83c voice reports the voice control device about the set teaching function, so teaching can be performed using both the display content and the voice content about the teaching function, thereby further improving the teaching effect in stores and the like.

而且,由于做成为包括关于其冰箱的运转功能的内容和关于其冰箱的特征的内容的示教功能的语音内容,因此可以发挥将其冰箱的运转功能通知给顾客等来选定购入对象机种的效果,同时可以广告其冰箱产品的优点,由此,可以进一步提高店面等中的示教效果。Moreover, since it is made into the voice content of the teaching function including the content about the operation function of the refrigerator and the content about the characteristics of the refrigerator, it can be used to inform the customer of the operation function of the refrigerator to select the purchase target machine. This effect can be used to advertise the advantages of its refrigerator products at the same time, thereby further improving the teaching effect in stores and the like.

另外,由于做成为具有共同运转功能的语音报告和示教功能的语音报告的语音IC的语音装置,做成为由共用的语音IC及扬声器83c语音报告被设定的各运转功能及示教功能的内容的语音控制装置,因此可以以廉价的构造提高店面等中的示教效果。In addition, since the voice device of the voice IC with the voice report of the common operation function and the voice report of the teaching function is made, the voice report of each operation function and the teaching function set by the common voice IC and the speaker 83c is made. Content voice control device, so it is possible to improve the teaching effect in stores etc. with an inexpensive structure.

再者,由于做成为示教设定控制装置,该示教设定控制装置所进行的控制使得在冰箱门10c的打开状态下同时按下操作开关60y的形状和大小不同的相邻的多个按钮时设定示教功能,因此,操作容易,可以减少由误操作进行的示教功能的设定。Furthermore, since it is made as a teaching setting control device, the control performed by the teaching setting control device makes it possible to simultaneously press a plurality of adjacent operation switches 60y of different shapes and sizes in the open state of the refrigerator door 10c. The teaching function is set when the button is pressed, so the operation is easy, and the setting of the teaching function by mistaken operation can be reduced.

另外,由于做成为储存控制装置,该储存控制装置所进行的控制使得将关于被设定的示教功能的内容储存在不挥发性储存器的储存部中,在下一次接通冰箱的商用电源时根据该记忆的关于示教功能的内容用显示部70c显示,因此在店面等展示冰箱使用示教功能时不需要每天在每次ON、OFF商用电源时设定示教功能,可以显著地提高其使用方便性。In addition, since it is made as a storage control device, the control performed by the storage control device causes the content of the set teaching function to be stored in the storage part of the non-volatile memory, and when the commercial power supply of the refrigerator is turned on next time According to the content of the memory about the teaching function, the display part 70c displays, so when displaying refrigerators such as stores and using the teaching function, it is not necessary to set the teaching function every day when the commercial power supply is turned ON and OFF, which can significantly improve its performance. Ease of use.

另外,由于具有用许多区域显示切换室的许多运转功能的内容的显示部70c,构成着显示控制装置,该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得在设定了切换室的运转功能时,显示对应其功能的显示部70c的区域,并且,在设定示教功能时周期地点亮对应于切换室的各运转功能的显示部70c的各区域,并且在周期地点亮着该显示部70c的各区域的状态下设定了切换室的特定运转功能时,规定时间地点亮对应于其特定的运转功能的显示部70c的区域,因此不仅可以周期地点亮来强调具有特别复杂的运转功能的切换室的各显示区域,而且还可以根据需要长时间地点亮地强调其中的特定的运转功能的显示区域,由此可以进一步提高店面等中的示教效果。In addition, since there is a display unit 70c that displays the content of many operating functions of the switching room in many areas, a display control device is formed. function of the display unit 70c, and when setting the teaching function, periodically light up each area of the display unit 70c corresponding to each operation function of the switching room, and periodically light up each area of the display unit 70c. When the specific operation function of the switching room is set in the state of the area, the area of the display part 70c corresponding to the specific operation function is illuminated at a predetermined time, so not only can it be periodically illuminated to emphasize the Each display area of the room can be switched, and the display area of a specific operation function can be highlighted for a long time as needed, thereby further improving the teaching effect in the storefront and the like.

另外,由于做成为语音控制装置,该语音控制装置进行控制使得在设定了运转功能时可以ON、OFF语音报告关于其运转功能的内容,并且在设定了示教功能时可以ON和不可OFF语音报告关于示教功能的内容,因此在家庭等中一般使用冰箱时可以根据需要OFF语音报告,并且可以防止在店面等中使用示教功能时将示教功能OFF。In addition, because it is made as a voice control device, the voice control device controls so that when the operation function is set, the voice report can be turned on and off to report the content of the operation function, and when the teaching function is set, it can be turned on and cannot be turned off. The voice report is about the content of the teaching function, so when the refrigerator is generally used at home, etc., the voice report can be turned off as needed, and it can be prevented from turning off the teaching function when using the teaching function in a store, etc.

另外,由于做成为语音控制装置,该语音控制装置的控制使得在设定了运转功能的状态下可以ON、OFF按钮锁定功能,并且可以在设定了示教功能的状态下不可ON按钮锁定功能地进行控制。因此在设定了示教功能的状态下可以防止误进行开关锁定。In addition, since it is made as a voice control device, the control of the voice control device can turn on and off the button lock function when the operation function is set, and can not turn on the button lock function when the teaching function is set. to control. Therefore, in the state where the teaching function is set, it is possible to prevent the switch from being locked by mistake.

另外,由于做成为语音控制装置,该语音控制装置在设定了运转功能及按钮锁定功能时语音报告关于其运转功能及按钮锁定功能的内容,因此可以用语音确认设定了按钮锁定的状态,并且在误进行了按钮锁定时,可以用语音报告,由此可以进一步提高使用方便性。In addition, since it is made into a voice control device, when the operation function and the button lock function are set, the voice control device will report the contents of the operation function and the button lock function by voice, so the state of setting the button lock can be confirmed by voice, In addition, when the button lock is performed by mistake, it can be reported by voice, thereby further improving usability.

由于做成为语音控制装置,该语音控制装置的控制使得在设定了示教功能时,以比关于运转功能的语音报告大的音量语音报告关于示教功能的内容,因此,可以增大店面等中的示教效果,同时可以做成为适合于家庭等中一般使用时音量的语音报告。Since it is made into a voice control device, the control of the voice control device makes when the teaching function is set, the content of the teaching function is reported at a higher volume than the voice report on the operation function, so it is possible to increase the size of the store, etc. In addition to the teaching effect, it can be made into a voice report suitable for the volume of general use in the home.

另外,由于做成为语音控制装置和显示控制装置,该语音控制装置和显示控制装置由操作开关60y、显示部70c、语音装置80c、控制装置39c构成,该操作开关60y配置在冰箱门10e的前面部且用于设定定时功能,该显示部70c配置在冰箱门10e的前面部且进行定时功能的显示,该语音装置80c具有进行定时功能的语音报告的扬声器83c,该控制装置39c根据操作开关60y的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转、显示部70c、语音装置80c。并且该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得由显示部70c显示关于设定的定时器功能的内容,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得用扬声器83c语音报告关于被设定的定时器功能的内容,因此,可以用显示和语音的双方确认定时器功能的设定,由此可以进一步提高使用方便性。In addition, since it is made into a voice control device and a display control device, the voice control device and the display control device are composed of an operation switch 60y, a display portion 70c, a voice device 80c, and a control device 39c, and the operation switch 60y is arranged on the front of the refrigerator door 10e. part and is used to set the timer function, the display part 70c is arranged on the front part of the refrigerator door 10e and displays the timer function, the voice device 80c has a speaker 83c for the voice report of the timer function, and the control device 39c is operated according to the operation switch The setting of 60y controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator, the display unit 70c, and the audio device 80c. And the control carried out by the voice control device makes the content about the timer function set by the display part 70c displayed, the control carried out by the voice control device makes the content about the timer function set by the voice report of the speaker 83c, Therefore, the setting of the timer function can be confirmed by both display and voice, thereby further improving usability.

另外,由于做成为具有共用运转功能的语音报告和定时器功能的语音报告的语音IC和扬声器83c的语音装置,并且做成了以由共用的语音IC和扬声器83c语音报告关于设定的运转功能和定时器功能的内容的方式进行控制的语音控制装置,因此,构成廉价,并且可以进行运转功能和定时器功能的语音报告。In addition, since it is made as a voice device with a voice IC and a speaker 83c for the voice report of the shared operation function and the voice report of the timer function, and the operation function about the setting is made by the shared voice IC and the voice report of the speaker 83c The voice control device that controls the content of the timer function is therefore inexpensive, and can perform voice reports on the operation function and the timer function.

另外,具有以同一操作开关60y的按下时间的长短设定多个运转功能的运转操作开关60y,做成为利用计时运转操作开关60y的按下时间的计时装置计时显示定时器功能的时间的定时控制装置,因此,可以共用运转功能和定时功能的计时装置,廉价地使用具有定时器功能。In addition, there is an operation operation switch 60y with a plurality of operation functions set according to the length of the pressing time of the same operation switch 60y, and it is made to use a timing device for timing the pressing time of the operation operation switch 60y to count and display the timing of the time of the timer function. The control device, therefore, can share the timing device with the operation function and the timing function, and use the timer function cheaply.

另外,设有共用地具有显示关于运转功能的内容的两个相邻区域和显示定时器功能的分和秒的两个相邻的区域的显示部70c,做成为显示控制装置,该显示控制装置以将关于设定的两个运转功能的内容和设定的定时器功能的分和秒显示在显示部70c的共用区域上的方式进行控制,因此,即使兼用两种运转功能的显示来显示定时器功能的分和秒也可以容易地连续地辨认,可以廉价地获得分和秒的辨认性良好的冰箱,由此,可以进一步提高使用方便性。In addition, a display unit 70c having two adjacent areas for displaying content about the operating function and two adjacent areas for displaying the minutes and seconds of the timer function is provided as a display control device. Control is performed in such a way that the contents of the two operating functions set and the minutes and seconds of the set timer function are displayed on the common area of the display part 70c, so even if the display of the two operating functions is used to display the timing The minutes and seconds of the instrument function can be easily and continuously recognized, and a refrigerator with good minute and second visibility can be obtained at low cost, thereby further improving usability.

发明效果Invention effect

根据本发明,通过操作操作显示部,可以控制冷气风向变更装置,对应于使用目的设定冷藏室内的冷气的供给方向,并且可以显示该冷气的供给状态,因此,可以提供可以对应其目的地对冷藏室内集中地供给冷气,并且,可以从外部观察冷气的供给状态的冰箱。According to the present invention, by operating the display unit, the cold air flow direction changing device can be controlled, the supply direction of the cold air in the refrigerating room can be set corresponding to the purpose of use, and the supply state of the cold air can be displayed. A refrigerator in which cold air is supplied intensively in the refrigerator, and the state of supply of cold air can be observed from the outside.

另外,根据本发明,由于通过操作显示部可以将冰箱设定为对应其目的的运转状态(运转模式),因此,可以提供操作性好、使用方便的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, since the refrigerator can be set to an operation state (operation mode) corresponding to the purpose by operating the display unit, it is possible to provide a refrigerator with good operability and ease of use.

另外,根据本发明,在以多个操作开关设定多个运转功能的冰箱中,可以提供通过语音报告关于运转功能的内容提高使用方便性的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, among refrigerators in which a plurality of operation functions are set by a plurality of operation switches, it is possible to provide a refrigerator in which usability is improved by announcing content about the operation functions by voice.

另外,根据本发明,通过操作操作显示部,显示冰箱的运转状态(运转模式),同时用语音进行通知,因此可以提供可以容易确认冰箱的运转状态(运转模式),可以减少误操作的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, the operation state (operation mode) of the refrigerator is displayed and notified by voice by operating the display unit, so that it is possible to provide a refrigerator that can easily confirm the operation state (operation mode) of the refrigerator and reduce erroneous operations.

另外,根据本发明,在以多个操作开关设定多个运转功能的冰箱中,可以提供通过进行关于各运转功能的内容的显示和语音报告可以提高使用方便性的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, in a refrigerator in which a plurality of operation functions are set by a plurality of operation switches, it is possible to provide a refrigerator in which usability can be improved by performing display and voice notification on the contents of each operation function.

另外,根据本发明,在以多个操作开关设定多个运转功能的冰箱中,可以提供通过将控制装置分离为主微型计算机和操作部微型计算机,可以提供用操作部微型计算机的控制进行关于各运转功能的内容显示和语音报告的、提高了使用方便性的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, in a refrigerator in which a plurality of operation functions are set with a plurality of operation switches, by separating the control device from the main microcomputer and the operation part microcomputer, it is possible to provide the control of the operation part microcomputer to perform related operations. A refrigerator that improves usability by displaying the contents of each operating function and voice reports.

另外,根据本发明,在以多个操作开关设定多个运转功能的冰箱中,可以提供通过进行关于各运转功能的内容的显示和语音报告可以提高使用方便性的同时、可以简单地设定示教效果高的示教功能的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, in a refrigerator in which a plurality of operation functions are set by a plurality of operation switches, it is possible to provide a display and an audio report on the contents of each operation function, which can improve usability and enable simple setting. A refrigerator with a teaching function that has a high teaching effect.

另外,根据本发明,在以多个操作开关设定多个运转功能的冰箱中,可以提供通过进行关于各运转功能和按钮锁定的语音报告提高了使用方便性的冰箱。In addition, according to the present invention, in a refrigerator in which a plurality of operation functions are set by a plurality of operation switches, it is possible to provide a refrigerator in which usability is improved by performing voice notifications about each operation function and button lock.

Claims (20)

1.冰箱,其特征在于,冰箱的冰箱内上部设有具有开闭门的冷藏室,在上述冷藏室的下方至少设有具有拉出门的蔬菜室或具有拉出门的冷冻室,其特征在于,在上述冷藏室中设置改变被供给的冷气的供给方向的冷气风向变更装置,在上述开闭门的外侧表面上设有选择性地决定上述冷气风向变更装置的冷气的供给方向的动作控制部和显示该选择的冷气的供给方向的动作显示部。1. Refrigerator, it is characterized in that, the upper part in the refrigerator of refrigerator is provided with the refrigerating room that has open and close door, and the vegetable room that has pull-out door or the freezer room that has pull-out door at least is provided with the bottom of above-mentioned refrigerating room, it is characterized in that, A cold air flow direction changing device for changing the supply direction of the supplied cold air is provided in the above-mentioned refrigerating room, and an operation control unit and An operation display unit that displays the supply direction of the selected cold air. 2.冰箱,包括冷藏室、蔬菜室、切换室和制冰室、冷冻室,该冷藏室配置在冰箱的冰箱内上部并具有开闭门,该蔬菜室配置在上述冷藏室的下方并具有开闭门,该切换室和制冰室并列设置在上述蔬菜室的下方并具有拉出门,该冷冻室配置在冰箱内最下部并具有拉出门,其特征在于,2. Refrigerator, including refrigerating room, vegetable room, switching room, ice making room and freezing room, the refrigerating room is arranged in the upper part of the refrigerator and has an opening and closing door; With the door closed, the switch compartment and the ice making compartment are arranged side by side under the above-mentioned vegetable compartment and have a pull-out door. The freezer compartment is arranged at the lowest part of the refrigerator and has a pull-out door. 上述开闭门包括形成在其表面上的纵长的手柄和设在其手柄的上方的控制上述冰箱的操作显示部;The opening and closing door includes a longitudinal handle formed on the surface thereof and an operation display part for controlling the refrigerator above the handle; 上述冷冻室在其后设有第一冷却室和第一冷气通路,该第一冷却室生成供给到上述冷冻室、上述切换室及上述制冰室的冷气,该第一冷气通路将上述第一冷却室中生成的冷气导引到上述冷冻室、上述切换室及上述制冰室;The freezer compartment is followed by a first cooling compartment that generates cool air to be supplied to the freezer compartment, the switching compartment, and the ice making compartment, and a first cool air passage that passes the first cool air passage to the freezer compartment. The cold air generated in the cooling chamber is guided to the above-mentioned freezing chamber, the above-mentioned switching chamber and the above-mentioned ice-making chamber; 上述蔬菜室在其后方设有生成供给于上述冷藏室的冷气的第二冷却室;The vegetable compartment is provided behind with a second cooling compartment for generating cool air supplied to the refrigerating compartment; 上述冷藏室在其后方设有第二冷气通路、第三冷气通路,该第二冷气通路将从上述第二冷却室供给的冷气导引到上述冷藏室,该第三冷气通路位于上述冷冻室的后方的中央,并使从上述第二冷却室供给的冷气在上述冷藏室的室内循环;The above-mentioned refrigerating chamber is provided with a second cold air passage and a third cold air passage at its rear, and the second cold air passage guides the cold air supplied from the second cooling chamber to the above-mentioned refrigerating chamber. the center of the rear, and circulate the cold air supplied from the second cooling room in the room of the above-mentioned refrigerating room; 上述第二冷气通路具有在上述冷藏室的后方夹着上述第三冷气通路地进行分支的分支通路;The second cold air passage has a branch passage branching at the rear of the refrigerator compartment with the third cold air passage interposed therebetween; 上述第三冷气通路具有冷气风向变更装置和循环风扇,该冷气风向变更装置由上述操作显示部的操作在上述冷藏室的室内变更冷气的供给方向,该循环风扇将冷气导引到冷气风向变更装置;The third cold air passage has a cold air direction changing device that changes the supply direction of the cold air in the interior of the refrigerating room by operating the operation display unit, and a circulation fan that guides the cold air to the cold air direction changing device. ; 上述操作显示部,包括操作部和显示部,该操作部进行上述冷气风向变更装置的动作控制,该显示部显示上述冷气变更装置的动作状态。The operation display unit includes an operation unit for controlling the operation of the cooling airflow direction changing device, and a display unit for displaying an operating state of the cooling air changing device. 3.冰箱包括冷藏室、冷冻室、蔬菜室,该冷藏室配置在冰箱的冰箱内上部并具有开闭门,,该冷冻室配置在冰箱内最下部并具有拉出门,该蔬菜室配置在上述冷藏室和上述冷冻室之间并具有拉出门,其特征在于,3. The refrigerator includes a refrigerating room, a freezing room, and a vegetable room. The refrigerating room is arranged in the upper part of the refrigerator and has an opening and closing door. The freezing room is arranged in the lowermost part of the refrigerator and has a pull-out door. The vegetable room is arranged in the above-mentioned There is a pull-out door between the refrigerator compartment and the above-mentioned freezer compartment, and it is characterized in that, 上述开闭门包括形成在其表面上的纵长的手柄和设在其手柄的上方的控制上述冰箱的操作显示部;The opening and closing door includes a longitudinal handle formed on the surface thereof and an operation display part for controlling the refrigerator above the handle; 上述冷冻室在其后设有第一冷却室和第一冷气通路,该第一冷却室生成供给到上述冷冻室、上述切换室及上述制冰室的冷气,该第一冷气通路将上述第一冷却室中生成的冷气导引到上述冷冻室、上述切换室及上述制冰室;The freezer compartment is followed by a first cooling compartment that generates cool air to be supplied to the freezer compartment, the switching compartment, and the ice making compartment, and a first cool air passage that passes the first cool air passage to the freezer compartment. The cold air generated in the cooling chamber is guided to the above-mentioned freezing chamber, the above-mentioned switching chamber and the above-mentioned ice-making chamber; 上述蔬菜室在其后方具有生成供给于上述冷藏室的冷气的第二冷却室;The said vegetable room has the 2nd cooling room which generate|occur|produces cold air supplied to the said refrigerating room at the back; 上述冷藏室在其后方设有第二冷气通路、第三冷气通路,该第二冷气通路将从上述第二冷却室供给的冷气导引到上述冷藏室,该第三冷气通路位于上述冷冻室的后方的中央,并使从上述第二冷却室供给的冷气在上述冷藏室的室内循环;The above-mentioned refrigerating chamber is provided with a second cold air passage and a third cold air passage at its rear, and the second cold air passage guides the cold air supplied from the second cooling chamber to the above-mentioned refrigerating chamber. the center of the rear, and circulate the cold air supplied from the second cooling room in the room of the above-mentioned refrigerating room; 上述第二冷气通路具有在上述冷藏室的后方夹着上述第三冷气通路地进行分支的分支通路;The second cold air passage has a branch passage branching at the rear of the refrigerator compartment with the third cold air passage interposed therebetween; 上述第三冷气通路具有冷气风向变更装置和循环风扇,该冷气风向变更装置由上述操作显示部的操作在上述冷藏室的室内变更冷气的供给方向,该循环风扇将冷气导引到冷气风向变更装置;The third cold air passage has a cold air direction changing device that changes the supply direction of the cold air in the interior of the refrigerating room by operating the operation display unit, and a circulation fan that guides the cold air to the cold air direction changing device. ; 上述操作显示部,包括操作部和显示部,该操作部进行上述冷气风向变更装置的动作控制,该显示部显示上述冷气变更装置的动作状态。The operation display unit includes an operation unit for controlling the operation of the cooling airflow direction changing device, and a display unit for displaying an operating state of the cooling air changing device. 4.如权利要求1~3中的任何一项所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述冷气风向变更装置包括圆筒形管道、多个吹出口、驱动部,该圆筒形管道从上述循环风扇导引冷气,该多个吹出口形成在上述圆筒形管道上,该驱动部由上述操作显示部的操作使上述圆筒形管道动作。4. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the device for changing the direction of cold air includes a cylindrical duct, a plurality of outlets, and a drive unit, and the cylindrical duct is fed from the circulation fan Cool air is introduced, the plurality of outlets are formed on the cylindrical duct, and the driving unit operates the cylindrical duct by operating the operation display unit. 5.如权利要求2~4中的任何一项所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述操作部具有设定冰箱运转状态的第一操作部和控制构成冰箱的各储藏室运转状态的第二操作部;上述第一操作部具有进行上述冷气风向变更装置的动作控制的操作按钮。5. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the operating unit has a first operating unit for setting the operating state of the refrigerator and a second operating unit for controlling the operating states of the storage compartments constituting the refrigerator. part; the above-mentioned first operation part has an operation button for performing operation control of the above-mentioned cold air flow direction changing device. 6.如权利要求2~4中的任何一项所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述显示部包括显示冰箱的运转状态的第一显示部和显示构成冰箱的各储藏室运转状态的第二显示部、第三显示部;6. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the display unit includes a first display unit for displaying the operation status of the refrigerator and a second display unit for displaying the operation status of each storage compartment constituting the refrigerator. Department, the third display; 上述冷气风向变更装置的动作状态由上述第一显示部显示。The operating state of the cooling airflow direction changing device is displayed on the first display unit. 7.冰箱,包括:多个操作开关,配置在冰箱的门的前面部并用于设定多个运转功能;语音装置,具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器;控制装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转及上述语音装置;7. A refrigerator, comprising: a plurality of operation switches arranged on the front of the door of the refrigerator and used to set a plurality of operation functions; a voice device having a speaker for reporting a plurality of operation functions by voice; Set and control the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the above-mentioned voice device; 上述控制装置具有语音控制装置,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得用上述扬声器语音报告关于由上述操作开关设定的各运转功能的内容。The control device includes a voice control device that performs control such that content about each operation function set by the operation switch is reported by voice through the speaker. 8.如权利要求7所述的冰箱,其特征在于,备有配置在冰箱门的前面部的且显示多个运转功能的显示部,做成了根据上述开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转、上述显示部及上述语音装置的控制装置,上述控制装置具有显示控制装置和语音控制装置,该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得由上述显示部显示对应于被设定的各运转功能的显示内容,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得由上述扬声器语音报告具体地说明被设定的各运转功能的语音内容。8. The refrigerator according to claim 7, characterized in that, it is equipped with a display part arranged on the front part of the refrigerator door and displaying a plurality of operating functions, and it is made to control the cooling operation of the refrigerator according to the setting of the switch, A control device for the display unit and the voice device, wherein the control device has a display control unit and a voice control unit, and the display control unit performs control such that the display unit displays display contents corresponding to the set operating functions, The voice control device performs control such that the speaker voice reports the content of the voice specifically explaining each of the set operating functions. 9.如权利要求7所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述语音控制装置进行在上述设定时各运转功能开始的内容的语音报告和从其设定起经过规定时间后各运转功能终止的内容的语音报告。9. The refrigerator according to claim 7, wherein the voice control means performs a voice report of the start of each operation function at the time of the setting and the termination of each operation function after a predetermined time has elapsed since the setting. voice report. 10.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:储藏食品等的多个储藏室;配置在冰箱门的前面部且用于设定多个运转功能的多个操作开关;具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器的语音装置;根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转和上述语音装置的控制装置,上述多个储藏室具有切换为多个运转功能而被冷却的特定的储藏室,上述操作开关设定上述特定的储藏室的许多运转功能,上述控制装置具有语音控制装置,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得用上述扬声器语音报告具体地说明被设定的各运转功能的语音内容。10. A refrigerator, characterized in that it includes: a plurality of storage rooms for storing food, etc.; a plurality of operation switches arranged on the front part of the refrigerator door and used to set a plurality of operation functions; The voice device of the speaker; the control device for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the voice device according to the setting of the above-mentioned operation switch. The above-mentioned control device has a voice control device, and the control performed by the voice control device makes the speech content of each set operation function specifically explained by the above-mentioned speaker voice report. 11.如权利要求10所述的冰箱,其特征在于,备有配置在冰箱门的前面部上的且显示多个运转功能的显示部,做成根据上述多个操作开关的设定控制上述显示部及上述语音装置的控制装置,上述特定的储藏室是切换室,该切换室切换为包括从许多温度带的冷藏运转到冷冻运转的运转功能而被冷却,上述显示部用许多区域显示上述切换室的许多运转功能的内容,上述控制装置具有显示控制装置和语音控制装置,该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得由上述显示部的各区域显示对应于上述切换室的各运转功能的显示内容,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得由上述扬声器语音报告具体地说明被设定的各运转功能的语音内容。11. The refrigerator according to claim 10, characterized in that it is equipped with a display part arranged on the front part of the refrigerator door and displaying a plurality of operating functions, and the display is controlled according to the setting of the plurality of operation switches. part and the control device of the above-mentioned voice device, the above-mentioned specific storage room is a switching room, and the switching room is switched to include an operation function from refrigerating operation to freezing operation in many temperature zones and is cooled, and the above-mentioned display unit displays the above-mentioned switching in a plurality of areas. The content of many operating functions of the room, the control device has a display control device and a voice control device, and the control performed by the display control device makes each area of the display part display the display content corresponding to each operating function of the switching room, The voice control device performs control such that the speaker voice reports the content of the voice specifically explaining each of the set operating functions. 12.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:多个操作开关,配置在冰箱的门的前面部并用于设定多个运转功能;语音装置,具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器;蜂鸣器,用蜂鸣声进行报告;控制装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制上述语音装置及上述蜂鸣器;12. A refrigerator, characterized in that it comprises: a plurality of operation switches arranged on the front of the door of the refrigerator and used to set a plurality of operating functions; a voice device having a speaker for reporting a plurality of operating functions by voice; a buzzer, Use buzzer to report; the control device controls the above-mentioned voice device and the above-mentioned buzzer according to the setting of the above-mentioned operation switch; 上述控制装置具有语音控制装置和蜂鸣控制装置,该语音控制装置的控制使得用上述扬声器语音报告关于由上述操作开关设定的各运转功能的内容,该蜂鸣控制装置的控制使得先于该语音报告地进行蜂鸣声报告。The above-mentioned control device has a voice control device and a buzzer control device. Buzzer report by voice report. 13.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:多个操作开关,配置在冰箱的门的前面部并用于设定多个运转功能;语音装置,具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器;控制装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转和上述语音装置;13. A refrigerator, characterized in that it comprises: a plurality of operation switches arranged on the front of the door of the refrigerator and used to set a plurality of operating functions; a voice device having a speaker for reporting a plurality of operating functions by voice; a control device configured according to The setting of the above-mentioned operation switch controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the above-mentioned voice device; 上述操作开关设定运转功能及语音报告的ON、OFF;The above operation switch sets the ON and OFF of the operation function and the voice report; 上述控制装置ON、OFF控制用上述扬声器语音报告关于设定的各运转功能的内容。The above-mentioned control means ON and OFF controls to announce the content of each operation function set by the above-mentioned loudspeaker voice. 14.如权利要求13所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述操作开关是以同一开关的按下时间的长短选择语音报告的设定和运转功能的设定,上述控制装置具有语音控制装置,该语音控制装置的控制使得在设定了运转功能时控制为用上述扬声器语音报告关于其运转功能的内容,并且在设定语音报告时ON、OFF控制用上述扬声器进行语音报告。14. The refrigerator according to claim 13, wherein the operation switch is to select the setting of the voice report and the setting of the operation function according to the duration of pressing the same switch, and the control device has a voice control device, the The control of the voice control device is such that when the operation function is set, it is controlled to use the above-mentioned speaker to voice report about the content of the operation function, and when the voice report is set, ON, OFF controls to use the above-mentioned speaker to perform voice report. 15.如权利要求13所述的冰箱,其特征在于,具有用蜂鸣声进行报告的蜂鸣器,做成了根据上述操作开关的设定控制上述语音装置及上述蜂鸣器的控制装置,上述操作开关设定运转功能、语音报告及蜂鸣报告,上述控制装置具有语音控制装置、蜂鸣器控制装置、语音蜂鸣控制装置,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得在设定了运转功能时用上述扬声报告关于其运转功能的内容,该蜂鸣器控制装置所进行的控制使得先于该语音报告地进行蜂鸣声报告,该语音蜂鸣器控制装置所进行的控制使得根据设定语音报告及蜂鸣声报告的上述操作开关的按下次数来选择上述语音报告和蜂鸣声报告的ON、OFF。15. The refrigerator according to claim 13, characterized in that it has a buzzer for reporting with a buzzing sound, and a control device for controlling the voice device and the buzzer according to the setting of the operation switch, The above-mentioned operating switch sets the operation function, voice report and buzzer report. The above-mentioned control device has a voice control device, a buzzer control device, and a voice buzzer control device. When using the above-mentioned loudspeaker to report the content about its operation function, the control performed by the buzzer control device makes the buzzer report prior to the voice report, and the control performed by the voice buzzer control device makes it ON and OFF of the above-mentioned voice report and buzzer report can be selected by setting the number of times of pressing the above-mentioned operation switch of the voice report and the buzzer report. 16.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:多个操作开关,配置在冰箱的门的前面部并用于设定多个运转功能;显示部,配置在冰箱门的前面部并用于显示多个运转功能;语音装置,具有用语音报告多个运转功能的扬声器;控制装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转、上述显示装置及上述语音装置;上述控制装置具有控制冰箱的冷却运转的主微型计算机和控制上述显示部及上述语音装置的操作部微型计算机,上述主微型计算机具有冷却运转控制装置,该冷却运转控制装置配置在冰箱本体部上并且根据用上述操作开关设定的运转功能控制冰箱的冷却运转,上述操作部微型计算机具有显示控制装置和语音控制装置,该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得用上述显示部显示对应于设定的运转功能的显示内容,上述语音控制装置所进行的控制使得用上述扬声器语音报告关于设定的运转功能的内容。16. A refrigerator, characterized in that it comprises: a plurality of operating switches arranged on the front of the door of the refrigerator and used to set a plurality of operating functions; a display unit arranged on the front of the refrigerator door and used to display a plurality of operating functions; The voice device has a speaker for reporting a plurality of operating functions by voice; the control device controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator, the display device, and the voice device according to the setting of the above-mentioned operation switch; A computer and an operation unit microcomputer that controls the display unit and the voice device, the main microcomputer has a cooling operation control device that is arranged on the main body of the refrigerator and controls the refrigerator according to the operation function set by the operation switch. cooling operation, the operation unit microcomputer has a display control device and a voice control device. The control is such that the above-mentioned loudspeaker is used to voice-report the content about the set operation function. 17.如权利要求16所述的冰箱,其特征在于,具有搭载了上述操作开关、上述显示部、上述语音装置及上述控制装置的操作基板,上述操作基板将上述操作开关和上述显示部搭载于操作基板前面侧,并且将构成上述语音装置的语音合成IC和操作部微型计算机搭载于操作基板的显示部相反侧。17. The refrigerator according to claim 16, further comprising an operation board on which the operation switch, the display unit, the audio device, and the control unit are mounted, and the operation board mounts the operation switch and the display unit on a On the front side of the operation board, the speech synthesis IC and the operation unit microcomputer constituting the speech device are mounted on the side opposite to the display unit of the operation board. 18.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:多个操作开关,配置在冰箱门的前面部、用于设定多个运转功能和示教功能;显示部,配置在冰箱门的前面部并用于显示多个运转功能;语音装置,具有用语音报告多个运转功能及示教功能的扬声器;控制装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转、上述显示部及上述语音装置;上述控制装置具有显示控制装置和语音控制装置,该显示控制装置所进行的控制使得在设定了运转功能时显示关于上述运转功能的内容且在设定了示教功能时显示关于示教功能的内容,该语音控制装置所进行的控制使得在设定了运转功能时用上述扬声器语音报告关于其运转功能的内容,并且在设定了示教功能时用上述扬声器语音报告关于示教功能的内容。18. A refrigerator, characterized in that it comprises: a plurality of operation switches arranged on the front of the refrigerator door for setting a plurality of operating functions and teaching functions; a display part arranged on the front of the refrigerator door and used for displaying multiple a plurality of operation functions; a voice device having a speaker for reporting a plurality of operation functions and a teaching function by voice; a control device controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator, the display unit and the voice device according to the setting of the operation switch; the control device having A display control device and a voice control device, the display control device performs control so that when the operation function is set, the content related to the operation function is displayed and when the teaching function is set, the content related to the teaching function is displayed, the voice The control device performs control such that when the operating function is set, the content of the operating function is announced by the speaker voice, and when the teaching function is set, the content of the teaching function is reported by the speaker voice. 19.如权利要求18所述的冰箱,其特征在于,上述语音控制装置所进行的控制使得在设定了示教功能时用由比关于运转功能的语音报告大的音量语音报告关于示教功能的内容。19. The refrigerator according to claim 18, wherein said voice control device performs control such that when the teaching function is set, the voice report about the teaching function is reported at a louder volume than the voice report about the operation function. content. 20.冰箱,其特征在于,包括:设定多个运转功能及按钮锁定功能的多个操作开关;具有用语音报告多个运转功能及按钮锁定功能的扬声器的语音装置,根据上述操作开关的设定控制冰箱的冷却运转及上述语音装置的控制装置,上述控制装置,具有语音控制装置,该语音控制装置在设定了运转功能及按钮锁定功能时用上述扬声器语音报告关于其运转功能及按钮锁定功能的内容。20. A refrigerator, characterized in that it includes: a plurality of operation switches for setting a plurality of operation functions and button lock functions; a voice device with a speaker for reporting a plurality of operation functions and button lock functions by voice, according to the setting of the above operation switches A control device for controlling the cooling operation of a refrigerator and the above-mentioned voice device. The above-mentioned control device has a voice control device. The content of the function.
CNB011255943A 2000-08-29 2001-08-17 Refrigerator Expired - Fee Related CN100473926C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000264489A JP2002071256A (en) 2000-08-29 2000-08-29 Refrigerator
JP264489/2000 2000-08-29
JP261210/2000 2000-08-30
JP2000261210A JP3512377B2 (en) 2000-08-30 2000-08-30 refrigerator

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1340685A true CN1340685A (en) 2002-03-20
CN100473926C CN100473926C (en) 2009-04-01

Family

ID=26598809

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNB011255943A Expired - Fee Related CN100473926C (en) 2000-08-29 2001-08-17 Refrigerator

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100406095B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100473926C (en)
TW (1) TW528848B (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100404986C (en) * 2004-11-09 2008-07-23 Lg电子株式会社 Apparatus for controlling container of refrigerator and method thereof
CN102052818A (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-11 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Method and device for setting frequency-variable refrigerator
US8695370B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2014-04-15 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator ice compartment with intermediate temperature
US8733123B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2014-05-27 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
US8794024B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2014-08-05 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator ice compartment latch and cover
US8844311B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2014-09-30 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having an improved ice chute air seal
AU2013205690B2 (en) * 2012-05-31 2015-07-16 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Refrigerator
CN106152683A (en) * 2015-04-17 2016-11-23 苏州三星电子有限公司 A kind of refrigerator with locking function
CN106885426A (en) * 2017-04-17 2017-06-23 安徽中科都菱商用电器股份有限公司 A kind of space wind EGR of medical refrigerator
CN107084571A (en) * 2012-08-28 2017-08-22 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
CN107449207A (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-12-08 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
US9879898B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2018-01-30 Whirlpool Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator with controlled damper
CN110044115A (en) * 2018-01-16 2019-07-23 众智光电科技股份有限公司 Refrigerator
EP2526356B1 (en) * 2010-12-29 2019-12-04 LG Electronics Inc. Refrigerator
CN110942711A (en) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 合肥海尔电冰箱有限公司 Display device for displaying refrigerator and display method thereof

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102016206B1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-10-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator comprising sliding water-cultivating-space
CN110462316B (en) * 2017-03-30 2021-01-01 夏普株式会社 Refrigerator with a door
WO2019092830A1 (en) * 2017-11-09 2019-05-16 三菱電機株式会社 Ice dispenser and refrigerator freezer

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR910020404A (en) * 1990-05-11 1991-12-20 강진구 Refrigerator with self diagnostic function
KR970028337A (en) * 1995-11-30 1997-06-24 배순훈 Refrigerator with the function of displaying the expiration date of food
JP3052351U (en) * 1997-08-07 1998-09-25 豊 畑 Input and display device on storage door
KR100213904B1 (en) * 1997-08-26 1999-08-02 윤종용 Temperature display device of a refrigerator having a multipurpose room and a control method thereof
JP2001059673A (en) * 1999-08-20 2001-03-06 Hitachi Ltd Refrigerator
KR100377617B1 (en) * 2001-05-16 2003-03-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Air circulation system of Refrigerator

Cited By (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8733123B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2014-05-27 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
US8756952B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2014-06-24 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
US10295241B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2019-05-21 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
US10208998B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2019-02-19 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
CN100404986C (en) * 2004-11-09 2008-07-23 Lg电子株式会社 Apparatus for controlling container of refrigerator and method thereof
US11719479B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2023-08-08 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having an improved ice chute air seal
US11098941B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2021-08-24 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having an improved ice chute air seal
US8844311B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2014-09-30 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having an improved ice chute air seal
US10107539B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2018-10-23 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having an improved ice chute air seal
US9447999B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-09-20 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9683769B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2017-06-20 Whirlpool Corporation Ice compartment assembly for refrigerator
US9207009B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-12-08 Whirlpool Corporation Ice compartment assembly for refrigerator
US9222718B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-12-29 Whirlpool Corporation Ice compartment assembly for refrigerator
US9222716B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-12-29 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9222717B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-12-29 Whirlpool Corporation Ice compartment assembly for refrigerator
US9250004B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-02-02 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9255728B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-02-09 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9267724B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-02-23 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9285151B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-03-15 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9404682B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-08-02 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9097455B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-08-04 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9476627B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2016-10-25 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US11486625B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2022-11-01 Whirlpool Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator with controlled damper
US9683770B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2017-06-20 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US9200827B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2015-12-01 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with temperature control
US8695370B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2014-04-15 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator ice compartment with intermediate temperature
US10775092B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2020-09-15 Whirlpool Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator with controlled damper
US8794024B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2014-08-05 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator ice compartment latch and cover
US9879898B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2018-01-30 Whirlpool Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator with controlled damper
USD712440S1 (en) 2005-05-18 2014-09-02 Whirpool Corporation Ice bin and cover assembly for a refrigerator
US10203142B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2019-02-12 Whirlpool Corporation Ice compartment assembly for refrigerator
CN102052818A (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-11 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Method and device for setting frequency-variable refrigerator
EP2526356B1 (en) * 2010-12-29 2019-12-04 LG Electronics Inc. Refrigerator
AU2013205690B2 (en) * 2012-05-31 2015-07-16 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Refrigerator
CN107084571A (en) * 2012-08-28 2017-08-22 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
CN106152683A (en) * 2015-04-17 2016-11-23 苏州三星电子有限公司 A kind of refrigerator with locking function
CN107449207A (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-12-08 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
CN106885426A (en) * 2017-04-17 2017-06-23 安徽中科都菱商用电器股份有限公司 A kind of space wind EGR of medical refrigerator
CN110044115A (en) * 2018-01-16 2019-07-23 众智光电科技股份有限公司 Refrigerator
CN110942711A (en) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 合肥海尔电冰箱有限公司 Display device for displaying refrigerator and display method thereof
CN110942711B (en) * 2018-09-21 2021-07-23 合肥海尔电冰箱有限公司 Display device for displaying refrigerator and display method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20020017974A (en) 2002-03-07
TW528848B (en) 2003-04-21
KR100406095B1 (en) 2003-11-14
CN100473926C (en) 2009-04-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1340685A (en) refrigerator
CN1104608C (en) Refrigerator and temperature control method thereof
CN1146766C (en) Refrigerator defrosting device and control method thereof
CN1258662C (en) Air conditioner and temperature detector
CN1343299A (en) Refrigerator
CN1195958C (en) Indoor machine for air conditioner
CN1928471A (en) Refrigerator
CN1296667C (en) Refrigerator having a cooler mounted in each of a refrigerator compartment and a freezer compartment
CN1236246C (en) Air conditioner
CN1217460A (en) Refrigerator
CN1131987C (en) Cooling device boiling and condensing refrigerant
CN1886626A (en) Refrigerator
CN1173654A (en) Temperature-controlled appliance
CN1833140A (en) gas cooker
JP2846632B2 (en) refrigerator
CN1202790A (en) Electric rice cooker
CN1097504A (en) Automatic ice making device and water tank for the device
CN1654904A (en) Heating/cooling system
JP2698568B2 (en) refrigerator
CN1129761C (en) Cooling storehouse
JP2804754B2 (en) refrigerator
CN215532804U (en) Multifunctional cupboard
JP2698569B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2698567B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2913284B2 (en) refrigerator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
ASS Succession or assignment of patent right

Owner name: HITACHI AIR CONDITIONING HOME APPLIANCES CO., LTD

Free format text: FORMER OWNER: HITACHI CO., LTD.

Effective date: 20070803

C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model
TA01 Transfer of patent application right

Effective date of registration: 20070803

Address after: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant after: Hitachi Appliances Inc.

Address before: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant before: Hitachi Ltd.

C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20090401

Termination date: 20180817

CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee